xref: /netbsd-src/external/gpl3/binutils/dist/ld/ldlang.c (revision d909946ca08dceb44d7d0f22ec9488679695d976)
1 /* Linker command language support.
2    Copyright (C) 1991-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 
4    This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5 
6    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9    (at your option) any later version.
10 
11    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
14    GNU General Public License for more details.
15 
16    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
20 
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include "bfd.h"
23 #include "libiberty.h"
24 #include "filenames.h"
25 #include "safe-ctype.h"
26 #include "obstack.h"
27 #include "bfdlink.h"
28 
29 #include "ld.h"
30 #include "ldmain.h"
31 #include "ldexp.h"
32 #include "ldlang.h"
33 #include <ldgram.h>
34 #include "ldlex.h"
35 #include "ldmisc.h"
36 #include "ldctor.h"
37 #include "ldfile.h"
38 #include "ldemul.h"
39 #include "fnmatch.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "hashtab.h"
42 #include "libbfd.h"
43 #include "elf-bfd.h"
44 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
45 #include "plugin.h"
46 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
47 
48 #ifndef offsetof
49 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
50 #endif
51 
52 /* Locals variables.  */
53 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
54 static struct obstack map_obstack;
55 
56 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
57 #define obstack_chunk_free free
58 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
59 static bfd_boolean placed_commons = FALSE;
60 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
61 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
62 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
63 static bfd_vma print_dot;
64 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
65 static const char *current_target;
66 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
67 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
68 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
69 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
70 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
71 
72 /* Forward declarations.  */
73 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
74 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
75 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
76 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
77 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
78 			     lang_output_section_statement_type *);
79 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
80 				  lang_output_section_statement_type *);
81 static void print_statements (void);
82 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
83 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
84 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
85 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
86 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
87   (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
88 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
89 
90 /* Exported variables.  */
91 const char *output_target;
92 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
93 lang_statement_list_type lang_output_section_statement;
94 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
95 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
96 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
97 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
98 const char *entry_section = ".text";
99 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
100 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
101 bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
102 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
103 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
104 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
105 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
106 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
107 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
108 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
109 
110  /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
111     DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal.  */
112 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
113 
114 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
115    Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
116    wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
117    be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
118    That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally.  */
119 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
120 
121 #define new_stat(x, y) \
122   (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
123 
124 #define outside_section_address(q) \
125   ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
126 
127 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
128   ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
129 
130 #define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
131 
132 void *
133 stat_alloc (size_t size)
134 {
135   return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
136 }
137 
138 static int
139 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
140 {
141   if (wildcardp (pattern))
142     return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
143   return strcmp (pattern, name);
144 }
145 
146 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
147    separator.  If not, return NULL.  */
148 
149 static char *
150 archive_path (const char *pattern)
151 {
152   char *p = NULL;
153 
154   if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
155     return p;
156 
157   p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
158 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
159   if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
160     return p;
161 
162   /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
163      as in "c:\silly.dos".  */
164   if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
165     p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
166 #endif
167   return p;
168 }
169 
170 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
171    return whether F matches FILE_SPEC.  */
172 
173 static bfd_boolean
174 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
175 				 lang_input_statement_type *f)
176 {
177   bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
178 
179   if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
180        || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
181       && ((sep != file_spec)
182 	  == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
183     {
184       match = TRUE;
185 
186       if (sep != file_spec)
187 	{
188 	  const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
189 	  *sep = 0;
190 	  match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
191 	  *sep = link_info.path_separator;
192 	}
193     }
194   return match;
195 }
196 
197 static bfd_boolean
198 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
199 		  const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
200 {
201   struct unique_sections *unam;
202   const char *secnam;
203 
204   if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
205       && sec->owner != NULL
206       && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
207     return !(os != NULL
208 	     && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
209 
210   secnam = sec->name;
211   for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
212     if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
213       return TRUE;
214 
215   return FALSE;
216 }
217 
218 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections.  */
219 
220 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard.  This just calls
221    the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
222    and excludes the file.  It's hardly ever present so this
223    function is very fast.  */
224 
225 static void
226 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
227 			    lang_input_statement_type *file,
228 			    asection *s,
229 			    struct wildcard_list *sec,
230 			    callback_t callback,
231 			    void *data)
232 {
233   struct name_list *list_tmp;
234 
235   /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded.  */
236   for (list_tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list;
237        list_tmp;
238        list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
239     {
240       char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
241 
242       if (p != NULL)
243 	{
244 	  if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
245 	    return;
246 	}
247 
248       else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
249 	return;
250 
251       /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage?  Matching
252 	 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
253 	 been superceded by the archive:path syntax.  */
254       else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
255 	       && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
256 	       && name_match (list_tmp->name,
257 			      file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
258 	return;
259     }
260 
261   (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
262 }
263 
264 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
265    but slowly.  */
266 
267 static void
268 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
269 			   lang_input_statement_type *file,
270 			   callback_t callback,
271 			   void *data)
272 {
273   asection *s;
274   struct wildcard_list *sec;
275 
276   for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
277     {
278       sec = ptr->section_list;
279       if (sec == NULL)
280 	(*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
281 
282       while (sec != NULL)
283 	{
284 	  bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
285 
286 	  if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
287 	    {
288 	      const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
289 
290 	      skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
291 	    }
292 
293 	  if (!skip)
294 	    walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
295 
296 	  sec = sec->next;
297 	}
298     }
299 }
300 
301 /* Routines to find a single section given its name.  If there's more
302    than one section with that name, we report that.  */
303 
304 typedef struct
305 {
306   asection *found_section;
307   bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
308 } section_iterator_callback_data;
309 
310 static bfd_boolean
311 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
312 {
313   section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
314 
315   if (d->found_section != NULL)
316     {
317       d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
318       return TRUE;
319     }
320 
321   d->found_section = s;
322   return FALSE;
323 }
324 
325 static asection *
326 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
327 	      struct wildcard_list *sec,
328 	      bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
329 {
330   section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
331 
332   bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
333 			      section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
334   *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
335   return cb_data.found_section;
336 }
337 
338 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
339    which can be expensive because of charset translations etc.  */
340 
341 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
342    where the literal part is at least 4 characters long.  */
343 
344 static bfd_boolean
345 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
346 {
347   size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
348   return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
349 }
350 
351 static bfd_boolean
352 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
353 {
354   /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
355      non-wildcard characters.  So we can go faster.  */
356   if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
357       || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
358     return FALSE;
359 
360   pattern += 4;
361   name += 4;
362   while (*pattern != '*')
363     if (*name++ != *pattern++)
364       return FALSE;
365 
366   return TRUE;
367 }
368 
369 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
370    section name NAME.  */
371 
372 static unsigned long
373 get_init_priority (const char *name)
374 {
375   char *end;
376   unsigned long init_priority;
377 
378   /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
379      attribute with numerical values 101 and 65535 inclusive. A
380      lower value means a higher priority.
381 
382      1: .init_array.NNNN/.fini_array.NNNN: Where NNNN is the
383 	decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
384 	The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
385 	.fini_array is backward.
386      2: .ctors.NNNN/.dtors.NNNN: Where NNNN is 65535 minus the
387 	decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
388 	The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
389 	is forward.
390    */
391   if (strncmp (name, ".init_array.", 12) == 0
392       || strncmp (name, ".fini_array.", 12) == 0)
393     {
394       init_priority = strtoul (name + 12, &end, 10);
395       return *end ? 0 : init_priority;
396     }
397   else if (strncmp (name, ".ctors.", 7) == 0
398 	   || strncmp (name, ".dtors.", 7) == 0)
399     {
400       init_priority = strtoul (name + 7, &end, 10);
401       return *end ? 0 : 65535 - init_priority;
402     }
403 
404   return 0;
405 }
406 
407 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT.  */
408 
409 static int
410 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
411 {
412   int ret;
413   unsigned long ainit_priority, binit_priority;
414 
415   switch (sort)
416     {
417     default:
418       abort ();
419 
420     case by_init_priority:
421       ainit_priority
422 	= get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec));
423       binit_priority
424 	= get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
425       if (ainit_priority == 0 || binit_priority == 0)
426 	goto sort_by_name;
427       ret = ainit_priority - binit_priority;
428       if (ret)
429 	break;
430       else
431 	goto sort_by_name;
432 
433     case by_alignment_name:
434       ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
435 	     - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
436       if (ret)
437 	break;
438       /* Fall through.  */
439 
440     case by_name:
441 sort_by_name:
442       ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
443 		    bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
444       break;
445 
446     case by_name_alignment:
447       ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
448 		    bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
449       if (ret)
450 	break;
451       /* Fall through.  */
452 
453     case by_alignment:
454       ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
455 	     - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
456       break;
457     }
458 
459   return ret;
460 }
461 
462 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
463    used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
464    of sections are large.  */
465 
466 static lang_section_bst_type **
467 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
468 		struct wildcard_list *sec,
469 		lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
470 		asection *section)
471 {
472   lang_section_bst_type **tree;
473 
474   tree = &wild->tree;
475   if (!wild->filenames_sorted
476       && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
477     {
478       /* Append at the right end of tree.  */
479       while (*tree)
480 	tree = &((*tree)->right);
481       return tree;
482     }
483 
484   while (*tree)
485     {
486       /* Find the correct node to append this section.  */
487       if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
488 	tree = &((*tree)->left);
489       else
490 	tree = &((*tree)->right);
491     }
492 
493   return tree;
494 }
495 
496 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections.  */
497 
498 static void
499 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
500 			      struct wildcard_list *sec,
501 			      asection *section,
502 			      struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
503 			      lang_input_statement_type *file,
504 			      void *output)
505 {
506   lang_section_bst_type *node;
507   lang_section_bst_type **tree;
508   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
509 
510   os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
511 
512   if (unique_section_p (section, os))
513     return;
514 
515   node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
516   node->left = 0;
517   node->right = 0;
518   node->section = section;
519 
520   tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
521   if (tree != NULL)
522     *tree = node;
523 }
524 
525 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form.  */
526 
527 static void
528 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
529 				      lang_section_bst_type *tree,
530 				      void *output)
531 {
532   if (tree->left)
533     output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
534 
535   lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
536 		    (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
537 
538   if (tree->right)
539     output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
540 
541   free (tree);
542 }
543 
544 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
545    wildcards */
546 
547 static void
548 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
549 				lang_input_statement_type *file,
550 				callback_t callback,
551 				void *data)
552 {
553   /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
554      But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
555      (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
556      we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
557      get processed in the bfd's order.  */
558   bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
559   struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
560   asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
561 
562   if (multiple_sections_found)
563     walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
564   else if (s0)
565     walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
566 }
567 
568 static void
569 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
570 				lang_input_statement_type *file,
571 				callback_t callback,
572 				void *data)
573 {
574   asection *s;
575   struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
576 
577   for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
578     {
579       const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
580       bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
581 
582       if (!skip)
583 	walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
584     }
585 }
586 
587 static void
588 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
589 				lang_input_statement_type *file,
590 				callback_t callback,
591 				void *data)
592 {
593   asection *s;
594   struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
595   struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
596   bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
597   asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
598 
599   if (multiple_sections_found)
600     {
601       walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
602       return;
603     }
604 
605   /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
606      we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below.  */
607   for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
608     {
609       /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
610 	 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
611 	 wildspec1.  */
612       if (s == s0)
613 	walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
614       else
615 	{
616 	  const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
617 	  bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
618 
619 	  if (!skip)
620 	    walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
621 					data);
622 	}
623     }
624 }
625 
626 static void
627 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
628 				lang_input_statement_type *file,
629 				callback_t callback,
630 				void *data)
631 {
632   asection *s;
633   struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
634   struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
635   struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
636   bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
637   asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
638 
639   if (multiple_sections_found)
640     {
641       walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
642       return;
643     }
644 
645   for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
646     {
647       if (s == s0)
648 	walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
649       else
650 	{
651 	  const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
652 	  bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
653 
654 	  if (!skip)
655 	    walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
656 	  else
657 	    {
658 	      skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
659 	      if (!skip)
660 		walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
661 					    data);
662 	    }
663 	}
664     }
665 }
666 
667 static void
668 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
669 				lang_input_statement_type *file,
670 				callback_t callback,
671 				void *data)
672 {
673   asection *s;
674   struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
675   struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
676   struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
677   struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
678   bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
679   asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
680 
681   if (multiple_sections_found)
682     {
683       walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
684       return;
685     }
686 
687   s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
688   if (multiple_sections_found)
689     {
690       walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
691       return;
692     }
693 
694   for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
695     {
696       if (s == s0)
697 	walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
698       else
699 	if (s == s1)
700 	  walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
701 	else
702 	  {
703 	    const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
704 	    bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
705 						   sname);
706 
707 	    if (!skip)
708 	      walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
709 					  data);
710 	    else
711 	      {
712 		skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
713 		if (!skip)
714 		  walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
715 					      callback, data);
716 	      }
717 	  }
718     }
719 }
720 
721 static void
722 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
723 		   lang_input_statement_type *file,
724 		   callback_t callback,
725 		   void *data)
726 {
727   if (file->flags.just_syms)
728     return;
729 
730   (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
731 }
732 
733 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
734    something name2 can match.  We're conservative: we return FALSE
735    only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
736    first wildcard character.  */
737 
738 static bfd_boolean
739 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
740 {
741   size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
742   size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
743   size_t min_prefix_len;
744 
745   /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
746      terminating 0 as part of the prefix.  Thus ".text" won't match
747      ".text." or ".text.*", for example.  */
748   if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
749     prefix1_len++;
750   if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
751     prefix2_len++;
752 
753   min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
754 
755   return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
756 }
757 
758 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
759    statements.  */
760 
761 static void
762 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
763 {
764   int sec_count = 0;
765   int wild_name_count = 0;
766   struct wildcard_list *sec;
767   int signature;
768   int data_counter;
769 
770   ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
771   ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
772   ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
773   ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
774   ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
775   ptr->tree = NULL;
776 
777   /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
778      actually use wildcards in the name.  Also, bail out if any of the
779      wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
780      walk_wild_section used to test for it.)  And bail out if any
781      of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
782      ending in a single '*'.  */
783   for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
784     {
785       ++sec_count;
786       if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
787 	return;
788       if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
789 	{
790 	  ++wild_name_count;
791 	  if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
792 	    return;
793 	}
794     }
795 
796   /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
797      happen in practice.  Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
798      happen in practice.  */
799   if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
800     return;
801 
802   /* Check that no two specs can match the same section.  */
803   for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
804     {
805       struct wildcard_list *sec2;
806       for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
807 	{
808 	  if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
809 	    return;
810 	}
811     }
812 
813   signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
814   switch (signature)
815     {
816     case 0x0100:
817       ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
818       break;
819     case 0x0101:
820       ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
821       break;
822     case 0x0201:
823       ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
824       break;
825     case 0x0302:
826       ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
827       break;
828     case 0x0402:
829       ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
830       break;
831     default:
832       return;
833     }
834 
835   /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
836      specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
837      names.  It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
838      given order, because we've already determined that no section
839      will match more than one spec.  */
840   data_counter = 0;
841   for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
842     if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
843       ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
844   for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
845     if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
846       ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
847 }
848 
849 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F.  */
850 
851 static void
852 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
853 		lang_input_statement_type *f,
854 		callback_t callback,
855 		void *data)
856 {
857   if (f->the_bfd == NULL
858       || ! bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
859     walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
860   else
861     {
862       bfd *member;
863 
864       /* This is an archive file.  We must map each member of the
865 	 archive separately.  */
866       member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
867       while (member != NULL)
868 	{
869 	  /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
870 	     entry point for the archive.  For each element of the
871 	     archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
872 	     which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
873 	     lang_input_statement.  */
874 	  if (member->usrdata != NULL)
875 	    {
876 	      walk_wild_section (s,
877 				 (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata,
878 				 callback, data);
879 	    }
880 
881 	  member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
882 	}
883     }
884 }
885 
886 static void
887 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
888 {
889   const char *file_spec = s->filename;
890   char *p;
891 
892   if (file_spec == NULL)
893     {
894       /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list.  */
895       LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
896 	{
897 	  walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
898 	}
899     }
900   else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
901     {
902       LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
903 	{
904 	  if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
905 	    walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
906 	}
907     }
908   else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
909     {
910       LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
911 	{
912 	  if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
913 	    walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
914 	}
915     }
916   else
917     {
918       lang_input_statement_type *f;
919 
920       /* Perform the iteration over a single file.  */
921       f = lookup_name (file_spec);
922       if (f)
923 	walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
924     }
925 }
926 
927 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
928    function for each node, except those inside output section statements
929    with constraint set to -1.  */
930 
931 void
932 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
933 				lang_statement_union_type *s)
934 {
935   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
936     {
937       func (s);
938 
939       switch (s->header.type)
940 	{
941 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
942 	  lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
943 	  break;
944 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
945 	  if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
946 	    lang_for_each_statement_worker
947 	      (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
948 	  break;
949 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
950 	  lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
951 					  s->wild_statement.children.head);
952 	  break;
953 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
954 	  lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
955 					  s->group_statement.children.head);
956 	  break;
957 	case lang_data_statement_enum:
958 	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
959 	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
960 	case lang_output_statement_enum:
961 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
962 	case lang_input_section_enum:
963 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
964 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
965 	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
966 	case lang_address_statement_enum:
967 	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
968 	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
969 	  break;
970 	default:
971 	  FAIL ();
972 	  break;
973 	}
974     }
975 }
976 
977 void
978 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
979 {
980   lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
981 }
982 
983 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
984 
985 void
986 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
987 {
988   list->head = NULL;
989   list->tail = &list->head;
990 }
991 
992 void
993 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
994 {
995   if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
996     abort ();
997   *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
998   stat_ptr = new_ptr;
999 }
1000 
1001 void
1002 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1003 {
1004   if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1005     abort ();
1006   stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1007 }
1008 
1009 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree.  */
1010 
1011 static lang_statement_union_type *
1012 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1013 	       size_t size,
1014 	       lang_statement_list_type *list)
1015 {
1016   lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1017 
1018   new_stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) stat_alloc (size);
1019   new_stmt->header.type = type;
1020   new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1021   lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1022   return new_stmt;
1023 }
1024 
1025 /* Build a new input file node for the language.  There are several
1026    ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1027    or prefix it with a -l etc.
1028 
1029    We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1030    they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1031    foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1032    got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd.  */
1033 
1034 static lang_input_statement_type *
1035 new_afile (const char *name,
1036 	   lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1037 	   const char *target,
1038 	   bfd_boolean add_to_list)
1039 {
1040   lang_input_statement_type *p;
1041 
1042   lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1043 
1044   if (add_to_list)
1045     p = (lang_input_statement_type *) new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1046   else
1047     {
1048       p = (lang_input_statement_type *)
1049 	  stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type));
1050       p->header.type = lang_input_statement_enum;
1051       p->header.next = NULL;
1052     }
1053 
1054   memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1055 	  sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1056   p->target = target;
1057   p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1058   p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1059   p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1060   p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1061   p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1062 
1063   switch (file_type)
1064     {
1065     case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1066       p->filename = name;
1067       p->local_sym_name = name;
1068       p->flags.real = TRUE;
1069       p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1070       break;
1071     case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1072       p->filename = name;
1073       p->local_sym_name = name;
1074       break;
1075     case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1076       if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1077         {
1078           p->filename = name + 1;
1079           p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
1080         }
1081       else
1082         p->filename = name;
1083       p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1084       p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1085       p->flags.real = TRUE;
1086       p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1087       break;
1088     case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1089       p->filename = name;
1090       p->local_sym_name = name;
1091       p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1092       break;
1093     case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1094       p->filename = name;
1095       p->local_sym_name = name;
1096       p->flags.real = TRUE;
1097       p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1098       break;
1099     case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1100       p->filename = name;
1101       p->local_sym_name = name;
1102       p->flags.real = TRUE;
1103       break;
1104     default:
1105       FAIL ();
1106     }
1107 
1108   lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain,
1109 			 (lang_statement_union_type *) p,
1110 			 &p->next_real_file);
1111   return p;
1112 }
1113 
1114 lang_input_statement_type *
1115 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1116 		     lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1117 		     const char *target)
1118 {
1119   if (name != NULL && *name == '=')
1120     {
1121       lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1122       char *sysrooted_name
1123 	= concat (ld_sysroot, name + 1, (const char *) NULL);
1124 
1125       /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1126 	 file independent of the context.  Therefore, temporarily
1127 	 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1128 	 get the sysroot prepended again when opened.  (N.B. if it's a
1129 	 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1130 	 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1131 	 within the sysroot subdirectory.)  */
1132       unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1133       input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1134       ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1135       input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1136       return ret;
1137     }
1138 
1139   return new_afile (name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1140 }
1141 
1142 struct out_section_hash_entry
1143 {
1144   struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1145   lang_statement_union_type s;
1146 };
1147 
1148 /* The hash table.  */
1149 
1150 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1151 
1152 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1153    initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table.  */
1154 
1155 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1156 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1157 				  struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1158 				  const char *string)
1159 {
1160   lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1161   struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1162 
1163   if (entry == NULL)
1164     {
1165       entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1166 							   sizeof (*ret));
1167       if (entry == NULL)
1168 	return entry;
1169     }
1170 
1171   entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1172   if (entry == NULL)
1173     return entry;
1174 
1175   ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1176   memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1177   ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1178   ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = -1;
1179   ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = -1;
1180   ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1181   lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1182   lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1183 
1184   /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1185      first one, lang_output_section_statement.tail points to the "next"
1186      field of the last element of the list.  */
1187   if (lang_output_section_statement.head != NULL)
1188     ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1189       = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1190 	 ((char *) lang_output_section_statement.tail
1191 	  - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1192 
1193   /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1194      address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1195      instead.  */
1196   nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1197   lang_statement_append (&lang_output_section_statement,
1198 			 &ret->s,
1199 			 (lang_statement_union_type **) nextp);
1200   return &ret->root;
1201 }
1202 
1203 static void
1204 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1205 {
1206   if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1207 			      output_section_statement_newfunc,
1208 			      sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1209 			      61))
1210     einfo (_("%P%F: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1211 }
1212 
1213 static void
1214 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1215 {
1216   bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1217 }
1218 
1219 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree.  */
1220 
1221 void
1222 lang_init (void)
1223 {
1224   obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1225 
1226   stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1227 
1228   output_section_statement_table_init ();
1229 
1230   lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1231 
1232   lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1233   lang_list_init (&lang_output_section_statement);
1234   lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1235   first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1236 				    NULL);
1237   abs_output_section =
1238     lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1239 
1240   abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1241 
1242   asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1243   asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1244 }
1245 
1246 void
1247 lang_finish (void)
1248 {
1249   output_section_statement_table_free ();
1250 }
1251 
1252 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1253   A region is an area of memory declared with the
1254   MEMORY {  name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1255   syntax.
1256 
1257   We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1258 
1259   If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1260   which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1261 
1262   If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1263   In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1264   already been created.  If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1265   dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1266   and so we issue a warning.
1267 
1268   Each region has at least one name.  The first name is either
1269   DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block.  You can add
1270   alias names to an existing region within a script with
1271   REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name).  Each name corresponds to at most one
1272   region.  */
1273 
1274 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1275 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1276   = &lang_memory_region_list;
1277 
1278 lang_memory_region_type *
1279 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1280 {
1281   lang_memory_region_name *n;
1282   lang_memory_region_type *r;
1283   lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1284 
1285   /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified.  */
1286   if (name == NULL)
1287     return NULL;
1288 
1289   for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1290     for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1291       if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1292 	{
1293 	  if (create)
1294 	    einfo (_("%P:%S: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1295 		   NULL, name);
1296 	  return r;
1297 	}
1298 
1299   if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1300     einfo (_("%P:%S: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1301 	   NULL, name);
1302 
1303   new_region = (lang_memory_region_type *)
1304       stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1305 
1306   new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1307   new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1308   new_region->next = NULL;
1309   new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1310   new_region->origin = 0;
1311   new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1312   new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1313   new_region->current = 0;
1314   new_region->last_os = NULL;
1315   new_region->flags = 0;
1316   new_region->not_flags = 0;
1317   new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1318 
1319   *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1320   lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1321 
1322   return new_region;
1323 }
1324 
1325 void
1326 lang_memory_region_alias (const char * alias, const char * region_name)
1327 {
1328   lang_memory_region_name * n;
1329   lang_memory_region_type * r;
1330   lang_memory_region_type * region;
1331 
1332   /* The default region must be unique.  This ensures that it is not necessary
1333      to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1334      the default memory region.  */
1335   if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1336       || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1337     einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1338 
1339   /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1340      in use.  */
1341   region = NULL;
1342   for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1343     for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1344       {
1345 	if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1346 	  region = r;
1347 	if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1348 	  einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: redefinition of memory region "
1349 		   "alias `%s'\n"),
1350 		 NULL, alias);
1351       }
1352 
1353   /* Check if the target region exists.  */
1354   if (region == NULL)
1355     einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: memory region `%s' "
1356 	     "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1357 	   NULL, region_name, alias);
1358 
1359   /* Add alias to region name list.  */
1360   n = (lang_memory_region_name *) stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1361   n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1362   n->next = region->name_list.next;
1363   region->name_list.next = n;
1364 }
1365 
1366 static lang_memory_region_type *
1367 lang_memory_default (asection * section)
1368 {
1369   lang_memory_region_type *p;
1370 
1371   flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1372 
1373   /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section.  */
1374   if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1375     sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1376 
1377   for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1378     {
1379       if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1380 	  && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1381 	{
1382 	  return p;
1383 	}
1384     }
1385   return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1386 }
1387 
1388 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata.  */
1389 
1390 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1391 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1392 {
1393   return get_userdata (output_section);
1394 }
1395 
1396 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1397    If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1398    match any non-negative constraint.  If CREATE, always make a
1399    new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT.  */
1400 
1401 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1402 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1403 				      int constraint,
1404 				      bfd_boolean create)
1405 {
1406   struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1407 
1408   entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1409 	   bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1410 			    create, FALSE));
1411   if (entry == NULL)
1412     {
1413       if (create)
1414 	einfo (_("%P%F: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1415       return NULL;
1416     }
1417 
1418   if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1419     {
1420       /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1421 	 constraint.  */
1422       struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1423 
1424       name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1425       if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1426 	/* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1427 	   and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1428 	   but that shouldn't matter.  */
1429 	last_ent = entry;
1430       else
1431 	do
1432 	  {
1433 	    if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1434 		|| (constraint == 0
1435 		    && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1436 	      return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1437 	    last_ent = entry;
1438 	    entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1439 	  }
1440 	while (entry != NULL
1441 	       && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1442 
1443       if (!create)
1444 	return NULL;
1445 
1446       entry
1447 	= ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1448 	   output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1449 					     &output_section_statement_table,
1450 					     name));
1451       if (entry == NULL)
1452 	{
1453 	  einfo (_("%P%F: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1454 	  return NULL;
1455 	}
1456       entry->root = last_ent->root;
1457       last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1458     }
1459 
1460   entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1461   entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1462   return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1463 }
1464 
1465 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1466    If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1467    match any non-negative constraint.  */
1468 
1469 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1470 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1471 					int constraint)
1472 {
1473   /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1474      struct out_section_hash_entry.  */
1475   struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1476     ((char *) os
1477      - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1478   const char *name = os->name;
1479 
1480   ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1481   do
1482     {
1483       entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1484       if (entry == NULL
1485 	  || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1486 	return NULL;
1487     }
1488   while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1489 	 && (constraint != 0
1490 	     || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1491 
1492   return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1493 }
1494 
1495 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1496    Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1497    statement for SEC.  If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1498    sets *EXACT too.  */
1499 
1500 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1501 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1502 				   flagword sec_flags,
1503 				   lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1504 				   lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1505 {
1506   lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1507   flagword look_flags, differ;
1508 
1509   /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*.  May as well
1510      skip it.  */
1511   first = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1512   first = first->next;
1513 
1514   /* First try for an exact match.  */
1515   found = NULL;
1516   for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1517     {
1518       look_flags = look->flags;
1519       if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1520 	{
1521 	  look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1522 	  if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1523 					 look->bfd_section,
1524 					 sec->owner, sec))
1525 	    continue;
1526 	}
1527       differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1528       if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1529 		      | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1530 	found = look;
1531     }
1532   if (found != NULL)
1533     {
1534       if (exact != NULL)
1535 	*exact = found;
1536       return found;
1537     }
1538 
1539   if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1540       && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1541     {
1542       /* Try for a rw code section.  */
1543       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1544 	{
1545 	  look_flags = look->flags;
1546 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1547 	    {
1548 	      look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1549 	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1550 					     look->bfd_section,
1551 					     sec->owner, sec))
1552 		continue;
1553 	    }
1554 	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1555 	  if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1556 			  | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1557 	    found = look;
1558 	}
1559     }
1560   else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1561 	   && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1562     {
1563       /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata.  */
1564       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1565 	{
1566 	  look_flags = look->flags;
1567 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1568 	    {
1569 	      look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1570 	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1571 					     look->bfd_section,
1572 					     sec->owner, sec))
1573 		continue;
1574 	    }
1575 	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1576 	  if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1577 			  | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1578 	      || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1579 			      | SEC_READONLY))
1580 		  && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1581 	    found = look;
1582 	}
1583     }
1584   else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1585 	   && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1586     {
1587       /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata.  Treat .tbss
1588 	 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type.  */
1589       bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
1590 
1591       match_type = NULL;
1592       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1593 	{
1594 	  look_flags = look->flags;
1595 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1596 	    look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1597 
1598 	  differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1599 	  if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1600 	    {
1601 	      /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order.  */
1602 	      if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1603 		  && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1604 		/* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1605 		   a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1606 		   previous section.  */
1607 		break;
1608 	      found = look;
1609 	      seen_thread_local = TRUE;
1610 	    }
1611 	  else if (seen_thread_local)
1612 	    break;
1613 	  else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1614 	    found = look;
1615 	}
1616     }
1617   else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1618 	   && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1619     {
1620       /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata.  */
1621       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1622 	{
1623 	  look_flags = look->flags;
1624 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1625 	    {
1626 	      look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1627 	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1628 					     look->bfd_section,
1629 					     sec->owner, sec))
1630 		continue;
1631 	    }
1632 	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1633 	  if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1634 			  | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1635 	      || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1636 		  && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1637 	    found = look;
1638 	}
1639     }
1640   else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1641 	   && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1642     {
1643       /* .data goes after .rodata.  */
1644       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1645 	{
1646 	  look_flags = look->flags;
1647 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1648 	    {
1649 	      look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1650 	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1651 					     look->bfd_section,
1652 					     sec->owner, sec))
1653 		continue;
1654 	    }
1655 	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1656 	  if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1657 			  | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1658 	    found = look;
1659 	}
1660     }
1661   else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1662     {
1663       /* .bss goes after any other alloc section.  */
1664       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1665 	{
1666 	  look_flags = look->flags;
1667 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1668 	    {
1669 	      look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1670 	      if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1671 					     look->bfd_section,
1672 					     sec->owner, sec))
1673 		continue;
1674 	    }
1675 	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1676 	  if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1677 	    found = look;
1678 	}
1679     }
1680   else
1681     {
1682       /* non-alloc go last.  */
1683       for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1684 	{
1685 	  look_flags = look->flags;
1686 	  if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1687 	    look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1688 	  differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1689 	  if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1690 	    found = look;
1691 	}
1692       return found;
1693     }
1694 
1695   if (found || !match_type)
1696     return found;
1697 
1698   return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1699 }
1700 
1701 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1702    Used by place_orphan.  */
1703 
1704 static asection *
1705 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1706 {
1707   lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1708 
1709   for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1710     {
1711       if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1712 	continue;
1713 
1714       if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1715 	return lookup->bfd_section;
1716     }
1717 
1718   return NULL;
1719 }
1720 
1721 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement.  The
1722    idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1723    statement in a script, before we find another output section
1724    statement.  Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1725    are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases;  The first
1726    assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1727    Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1728    similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1729    insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1730    image symbols.  */
1731 
1732 static lang_statement_union_type **
1733 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1734 {
1735   lang_statement_union_type **where;
1736   lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1737   bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1738 
1739   ignore_first
1740     = after == &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
1741 
1742   for (where = &after->header.next;
1743        *where != NULL;
1744        where = &(*where)->header.next)
1745     {
1746       switch ((*where)->header.type)
1747 	{
1748 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1749 	  if (assign == NULL)
1750 	    {
1751 	      lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1752 
1753 	      ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1754 	      if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1755 		  && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1756 		  && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0
1757 		  && !ignore_first)
1758 		assign = where;
1759 	    }
1760 	  ignore_first = FALSE;
1761 	  continue;
1762 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1763 	case lang_input_section_enum:
1764 	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1765 	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1766 	case lang_data_statement_enum:
1767 	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1768 	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1769 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1770 	  assign = NULL;
1771 	  continue;
1772 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1773 	  if (assign != NULL)
1774 	    {
1775 	      asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1776 
1777 	      if (s == NULL
1778 		  || s->map_head.s == NULL
1779 		  || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1780 		where = assign;
1781 	    }
1782 	  break;
1783 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
1784 	case lang_address_statement_enum:
1785 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
1786 	case lang_output_statement_enum:
1787 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
1788 	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1789 	  continue;
1790 	}
1791       break;
1792     }
1793 
1794   return where;
1795 }
1796 
1797 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1798 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1799 		    const char *secname,
1800 		    int constraint,
1801 		    lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1802 		    struct orphan_save *place,
1803 		    etree_type *address,
1804 		    lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1805 {
1806   lang_statement_list_type add;
1807   const char *ps;
1808   lang_assignment_statement_type *start_assign;
1809   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1810   lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1811 
1812   /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1813      statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1814      inserting them later into the global statement list.  */
1815   if (after != NULL)
1816     {
1817       lang_list_init (&add);
1818       push_stat_ptr (&add);
1819     }
1820 
1821   if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1822       || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1823     address = exp_intop (0);
1824 
1825   os_tail = ((lang_output_section_statement_type **)
1826 	     lang_output_section_statement.tail);
1827   os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1828 					    NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1829 
1830   ps = NULL;
1831   start_assign = NULL;
1832   if (config.build_constructors && *os_tail == os)
1833     {
1834       /* If the name of the section is representable in C, then create
1835 	 symbols to mark the start and the end of the section.  */
1836       for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
1837 	if (! ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
1838 	  break;
1839       if (*ps == '\0')
1840 	{
1841 	  char *symname;
1842 
1843 	  symname = (char *) xmalloc (ps - secname + sizeof "__start_" + 1);
1844 	  symname[0] = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
1845 	  sprintf (symname + (symname[0] != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
1846 	  start_assign
1847 	    = lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (symname,
1848 						exp_nameop (NAME, "."),
1849 						FALSE));
1850 	}
1851     }
1852 
1853   if (add_child == NULL)
1854     add_child = &os->children;
1855   lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1856 
1857   if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1858     {
1859       const char *region = (after->region
1860 			    ? after->region->name_list.name
1861 			    : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1862       const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1863 				? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1864 				: NULL);
1865       lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1866 					   lma_region);
1867     }
1868   else
1869     lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1870 					 NULL);
1871 
1872   if (start_assign != NULL)
1873     {
1874       char *symname;
1875       lang_assignment_statement_type *stop_assign;
1876       bfd_vma dot;
1877 
1878       symname = (char *) xmalloc (ps - secname + sizeof "__stop_" + 1);
1879       symname[0] = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
1880       sprintf (symname + (symname[0] != 0), "__stop_%s", secname);
1881       stop_assign
1882 	= lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (symname,
1883 					    exp_nameop (NAME, "."),
1884 					    FALSE));
1885       /* Evaluate the expression to define the symbol if referenced,
1886 	 before sizing dynamic sections.  */
1887       dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
1888       exp_fold_tree (start_assign->exp, os->bfd_section, &dot);
1889       dot += s->size;
1890       exp_fold_tree (stop_assign->exp, os->bfd_section, &dot);
1891     }
1892 
1893   /* Restore the global list pointer.  */
1894   if (after != NULL)
1895     pop_stat_ptr ();
1896 
1897   if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1898     {
1899       asection *snew, *as;
1900 
1901       snew = os->bfd_section;
1902 
1903       /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1904 	 neater.  This is really only cosmetic.  */
1905       if (place->section == NULL
1906 	  && after != (&lang_output_section_statement.head
1907 		       ->output_section_statement))
1908 	{
1909 	  asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1910 
1911 	  /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1912 	     sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1913 	     look for the closest prior output statement having an
1914 	     output section.  */
1915 	  if (bfd_section == NULL)
1916 	    bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1917 
1918 	  if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1919 	    place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1920 	}
1921 
1922       if (place->section == NULL)
1923 	place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1924 
1925       as = *place->section;
1926 
1927       if (!as)
1928 	{
1929 	  /* Put the section at the end of the list.  */
1930 
1931 	  /* Unlink the section.  */
1932 	  bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1933 
1934 	  /* Now tack it back on in the right place.  */
1935 	  bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1936 	}
1937       else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
1938 	{
1939 	  /* Unlink the section.  */
1940 	  bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1941 
1942 	  /* Now tack it back on in the right place.  */
1943 	  bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
1944 	}
1945 
1946       /* Save the end of this list.  Further ophans of this type will
1947 	 follow the one we've just added.  */
1948       place->section = &snew->next;
1949 
1950       /* The following is non-cosmetic.  We try to put the output
1951 	 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
1952 	 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
1953 	 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
1954 	 require extra segments.  For instance, given a typical
1955 	 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
1956 	 following that a segment containing all the read-write
1957 	 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
1958 	 section before or amongst the read-only ones.  */
1959       if (add.head != NULL)
1960 	{
1961 	  lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
1962 
1963 	  if (place->stmt == NULL)
1964 	    {
1965 	      lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
1966 
1967 	      *add.tail = *where;
1968 	      *where = add.head;
1969 
1970 	      place->os_tail = &after->next;
1971 	    }
1972 	  else
1973 	    {
1974 	      /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added.  */
1975 	      *add.tail = *place->stmt;
1976 	      *place->stmt = add.head;
1977 	    }
1978 
1979 	  /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
1980 	     new list at the tail.  */
1981 	  if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
1982 	    stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
1983 
1984 	  /* Save the end of this list.  */
1985 	  place->stmt = add.tail;
1986 
1987 	  /* Do the same for the list of output section statements.  */
1988 	  newly_added_os = *os_tail;
1989 	  *os_tail = NULL;
1990 	  newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1991 	    ((char *) place->os_tail
1992 	     - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
1993 	  newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
1994 	  if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
1995 	    newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
1996 	  *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
1997 	  place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
1998 
1999 	  /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
2000 	     We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
2001 	     trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
2002 	     assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
2003 	     the same place when assigning *place->os_tail.  */
2004 	  if (*os_tail == NULL)
2005 	    lang_output_section_statement.tail
2006 	      = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
2007 	}
2008     }
2009   return os;
2010 }
2011 
2012 static void
2013 lang_print_asneeded (void)
2014 {
2015   struct asneeded_minfo *m;
2016   char buf[100];
2017 
2018   if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
2019     return;
2020 
2021   sprintf (buf, _("\nAs-needed library included "
2022 		  "to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
2023   minfo ("%s", buf);
2024 
2025   for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2026     {
2027       size_t len;
2028 
2029       minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2030       len = strlen (m->soname);
2031 
2032       if (len >= 29)
2033 	{
2034 	  print_nl ();
2035 	  len = 0;
2036 	}
2037       while (len < 30)
2038 	{
2039 	  print_space ();
2040 	  ++len;
2041 	}
2042 
2043       if (m->ref != NULL)
2044 	minfo ("%B ", m->ref);
2045       minfo ("(%T)\n", m->name);
2046     }
2047 }
2048 
2049 static void
2050 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2051 {
2052   if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2053     minfo ("a");
2054 
2055   if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2056     minfo ("x");
2057 
2058   if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2059     minfo ("r");
2060 
2061   if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2062     minfo ("w");
2063 
2064   if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2065     minfo ("l");
2066 }
2067 
2068 void
2069 lang_map (void)
2070 {
2071   lang_memory_region_type *m;
2072   bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2073 
2074   LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2075     {
2076       asection *s;
2077 
2078       if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2079 	  || file->flags.just_syms)
2080 	continue;
2081 
2082       for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2083 	if ((s->output_section == NULL
2084 	     || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2085 	    && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2086 	  {
2087 	    if (! dis_header_printed)
2088 	      {
2089 		fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2090 		dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2091 	      }
2092 
2093 	    print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2094 	  }
2095     }
2096 
2097   minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2098   fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2099 	   _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2100 
2101   for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2102     {
2103       char buf[100];
2104       int len;
2105 
2106       fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2107 
2108       sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2109       minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2110       len = strlen (buf);
2111       while (len < 16)
2112 	{
2113 	  print_space ();
2114 	  ++len;
2115 	}
2116 
2117       minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2118       if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2119 	{
2120 #ifndef BFD64
2121 	  minfo ("        ");
2122 #endif
2123 	  if (m->flags)
2124 	    {
2125 	      print_space ();
2126 	      lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2127 	    }
2128 
2129 	  if (m->not_flags)
2130 	    {
2131 	      minfo (" !");
2132 	      lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2133 	    }
2134 	}
2135 
2136       print_nl ();
2137     }
2138 
2139   fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2140 
2141   if (! link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2142     {
2143       obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2144       bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2145     }
2146   lang_statement_iteration++;
2147   print_statements ();
2148 
2149   ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, config.map_file);
2150 }
2151 
2152 static bfd_boolean
2153 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2154 		 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2155 {
2156   if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2157        || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2158       && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2159       && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2160     {
2161       input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2162       struct map_symbol_def *def;
2163 
2164       ud = ((input_section_userdata_type *)
2165 	    get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section));
2166       if (!ud)
2167 	{
2168 	  ud = (input_section_userdata_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2169 	  get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section) = ud;
2170 	  ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2171 	  ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2172 	}
2173       else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2174 	ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2175 
2176       def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2177       def->entry = hash_entry;
2178       *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2179       ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2180       ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2181     }
2182   return TRUE;
2183 }
2184 
2185 /* Initialize an output section.  */
2186 
2187 static void
2188 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2189 {
2190   if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2191     einfo (_("%P%F: Illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2192 
2193   if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2194     s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2195   if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2196     s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2197 							 s->name, flags);
2198   if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2199     {
2200       einfo (_("%P%F: output format %s cannot represent section called %s\n"),
2201 	     link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2202     }
2203   s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2204   s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2205 
2206   /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2207      statement to avoid lookup.  */
2208   get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = s;
2209 
2210   /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2211      mention are initialized.  */
2212   if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2213     exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2214 
2215   if (s->load_base != NULL)
2216     exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2217 
2218   /* If supplied an alignment, set it.  */
2219   if (s->section_alignment != -1)
2220     s->bfd_section->alignment_power = s->section_alignment;
2221 }
2222 
2223 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2224    initialized.  */
2225 
2226 static void
2227 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2228 {
2229   switch (exp->type.node_class)
2230     {
2231     case etree_assign:
2232     case etree_provide:
2233       exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2234       break;
2235 
2236     case etree_binary:
2237       exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2238       exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2239       break;
2240 
2241     case etree_trinary:
2242       exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2243       exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2244       exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2245       break;
2246 
2247     case etree_assert:
2248       exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2249       break;
2250 
2251     case etree_unary:
2252       exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2253       break;
2254 
2255     case etree_name:
2256       switch (exp->type.node_code)
2257 	{
2258 	case ADDR:
2259 	case LOADADDR:
2260 	case SIZEOF:
2261 	  {
2262 	    lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2263 
2264 	    os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2265 	    if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2266 	      init_os (os, 0);
2267 	  }
2268 	}
2269       break;
2270 
2271     default:
2272       break;
2273     }
2274 }
2275 
2276 static void
2277 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2278 {
2279   lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2280 
2281   /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2282      discard all sections.  */
2283   if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2284     {
2285       bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2286       return;
2287     }
2288 
2289   if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2290     bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2291 }
2292 
2293 /* The wild routines.
2294 
2295    These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2296    explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2297    foo.o(.text, .data).  */
2298 
2299 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT.  Do this by creating a
2300    lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR.  */
2301 
2302 void
2303 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2304 		  asection *section,
2305 		  struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2306 		  lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2307 {
2308   flagword flags = section->flags;
2309 
2310   bfd_boolean discard;
2311   lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2312   bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2313 
2314   /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE.  */
2315   discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2316 
2317   /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2318      DISCARD_SECTION_NAME.  */
2319   if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2320     discard = TRUE;
2321 
2322   /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2323      information.  */
2324   if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2325       && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2326     discard = TRUE;
2327 
2328   if (discard)
2329     {
2330       if (section->output_section == NULL)
2331 	{
2332 	  /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section.  */
2333 	  section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2334 	}
2335       return;
2336     }
2337 
2338   if (sflag_info)
2339     {
2340       bfd_boolean keep;
2341 
2342       keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2343       if (!keep)
2344 	return;
2345     }
2346 
2347   if (section->output_section != NULL)
2348     return;
2349 
2350   /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2351      to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2352      SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2353      section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2354      build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2355      the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill.  */
2356   flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2357 
2358   /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2359      already been processed.  One reason to do this is that on pe
2360      format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2361      to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set.  */
2362 
2363   if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2364     flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2365 
2366   switch (output->sectype)
2367     {
2368     case normal_section:
2369     case overlay_section:
2370       break;
2371     case noalloc_section:
2372       flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2373       break;
2374     case noload_section:
2375       flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2376       flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2377       /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2378 	 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts.  ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2379 	 alloc, no contents section.  All others get a noload, noalloc
2380 	 section.  */
2381       if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2382 	flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2383       else
2384 	flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2385       break;
2386     }
2387 
2388   if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2389     init_os (output, flags);
2390 
2391   /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2392      it from the output section.  */
2393   output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2394 
2395   if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2396     {
2397       /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section.  */
2398       flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2399 
2400       /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same.  */
2401       if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2402 	  != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2403 	  || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2404 	      && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2405 	{
2406 	  output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2407 	  flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2408 	}
2409     }
2410   output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2411 
2412   if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2413     {
2414       output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2415       /* This must happen after flags have been updated.  The output
2416 	 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2417 	 section, eg. for a data statement.  */
2418       bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2419 				     link_info.output_bfd,
2420 				     output->bfd_section,
2421 				     &link_info);
2422       if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2423 	output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2424     }
2425 
2426   if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2427       && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2428     {
2429       /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd...  */
2430       output->block_value = 128;
2431     }
2432 
2433   if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2434     output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2435 
2436   section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2437 
2438   if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2439     {
2440       asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2441       output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2442       section->map_head.s = NULL;
2443       section->map_tail.s = s;
2444       if (s != NULL)
2445 	s->map_head.s = section;
2446       else
2447 	output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2448     }
2449 
2450   /* Add a section reference to the list.  */
2451   new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2452   new_section->section = section;
2453 }
2454 
2455 /* Handle wildcard sorting.  This returns the lang_input_section which
2456    should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2457    based on the sorting requirements of WILD.  It returns NULL if the
2458    new section should just go at the end of the current list.  */
2459 
2460 static lang_statement_union_type *
2461 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2462 	   struct wildcard_list *sec,
2463 	   lang_input_statement_type *file,
2464 	   asection *section)
2465 {
2466   lang_statement_union_type *l;
2467 
2468   if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2469       && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2470     return NULL;
2471 
2472   for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2473     {
2474       lang_input_section_type *ls;
2475 
2476       if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2477 	continue;
2478       ls = &l->input_section;
2479 
2480       /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2481 	 name.  */
2482 
2483       if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2484 	{
2485 	  const char *fn, *ln;
2486 	  bfd_boolean fa, la;
2487 	  int i;
2488 
2489 	  /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2490 	     dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2491 	     the archive and then the name of the file within the
2492 	     archive.  */
2493 
2494 	  if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2495 	      && bfd_my_archive (file->the_bfd) != NULL)
2496 	    {
2497 	      fn = bfd_get_filename (bfd_my_archive (file->the_bfd));
2498 	      fa = TRUE;
2499 	    }
2500 	  else
2501 	    {
2502 	      fn = file->filename;
2503 	      fa = FALSE;
2504 	    }
2505 
2506 	  if (bfd_my_archive (ls->section->owner) != NULL)
2507 	    {
2508 	      ln = bfd_get_filename (bfd_my_archive (ls->section->owner));
2509 	      la = TRUE;
2510 	    }
2511 	  else
2512 	    {
2513 	      ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2514 	      la = FALSE;
2515 	    }
2516 
2517 	  i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2518 	  if (i > 0)
2519 	    continue;
2520 	  else if (i < 0)
2521 	    break;
2522 
2523 	  if (fa || la)
2524 	    {
2525 	      if (fa)
2526 		fn = file->filename;
2527 	      if (la)
2528 		ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2529 
2530 	      i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2531 	      if (i > 0)
2532 		continue;
2533 	      else if (i < 0)
2534 		break;
2535 	    }
2536 	}
2537 
2538       /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2539 	 looking at the sections for this file.  */
2540 
2541       if (sec != NULL
2542 	  && sec->spec.sorted != none
2543 	  && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2544 	if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2545 	  break;
2546     }
2547 
2548   return l;
2549 }
2550 
2551 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE.  SECTION may be
2552    NULL, in which case it is a wild card.  */
2553 
2554 static void
2555 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2556 			 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2557 			 asection *section,
2558 			 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2559 			 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2560 			 void *output)
2561 {
2562   lang_statement_union_type *before;
2563   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2564 
2565   os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2566 
2567   /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST.  */
2568   if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2569     return;
2570 
2571   before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2572 
2573   /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2574      should follow the one we are about to add.  If BEFORE
2575      is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2576      of the current list.  */
2577 
2578   if (before == NULL)
2579     lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2580   else
2581     {
2582       lang_statement_list_type list;
2583       lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2584 
2585       lang_list_init (&list);
2586       lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2587 
2588       /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2589 	 be NULL.  */
2590       if (list.head != NULL)
2591 	{
2592 	  ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2593 
2594 	  for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2595 	       *pp != before;
2596 	       pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2597 	    ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2598 
2599 	  list.head->header.next = *pp;
2600 	  *pp = list.head;
2601 	}
2602     }
2603 }
2604 
2605 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2606    are readonly.  */
2607 
2608 static void
2609 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2610 			struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2611 			asection *section,
2612 			struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2613 			lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2614 			void *output)
2615 {
2616   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2617 
2618   os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2619 
2620   /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST.  */
2621   if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2622     return;
2623 
2624   if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2625     os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2626 }
2627 
2628 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2629    added to the statement tree.  We will see if it has been opened
2630    already and had its symbols read.  If not then we'll read it.  */
2631 
2632 static lang_input_statement_type *
2633 lookup_name (const char *name)
2634 {
2635   lang_input_statement_type *search;
2636 
2637   for (search = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
2638        search != NULL;
2639        search = (lang_input_statement_type *) search->next_real_file)
2640     {
2641       /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2642 	 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2643 	 via the search directory lookup mechanism.  */
2644       const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2645 
2646       if (filename != NULL
2647 	  && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2648 	break;
2649     }
2650 
2651   if (search == NULL)
2652     search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2653 			default_target, FALSE);
2654 
2655   /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2656      don't add this file.  */
2657   if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2658     return search;
2659 
2660   if (! load_symbols (search, NULL))
2661     return NULL;
2662 
2663   return search;
2664 }
2665 
2666 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported.  */
2667 
2668 struct excluded_lib
2669 {
2670   char *name;
2671   struct excluded_lib *next;
2672 };
2673 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2674 
2675 void
2676 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2677 {
2678   const char *p = list, *end;
2679 
2680   while (*p != '\0')
2681     {
2682       struct excluded_lib *entry;
2683       end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2684       if (end == NULL)
2685 	end = p + strlen (p);
2686       entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2687       entry->next = excluded_libs;
2688       entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2689       memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2690       entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2691       excluded_libs = entry;
2692       if (*end == '\0')
2693 	break;
2694       p = end + 1;
2695     }
2696 }
2697 
2698 static void
2699 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2700 {
2701   struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2702 
2703   while (lib)
2704     {
2705       int len = strlen (lib->name);
2706       const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
2707 
2708       if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2709 	{
2710 	  abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2711 	  return;
2712 	}
2713 
2714       if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2715 	  && (filename[len] == '\0'
2716 	      || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2717 		  && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2718 	{
2719 	  abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2720 	  return;
2721 	}
2722 
2723       lib = lib->next;
2724     }
2725 }
2726 
2727 /* Get the symbols for an input file.  */
2728 
2729 bfd_boolean
2730 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2731 	      lang_statement_list_type *place)
2732 {
2733   char **matching;
2734 
2735   if (entry->flags.loaded)
2736     return TRUE;
2737 
2738   ldfile_open_file (entry);
2739 
2740   /* Do not process further if the file was missing.  */
2741   if (entry->flags.missing_file)
2742     return TRUE;
2743 
2744   if (! bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
2745       && ! bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
2746     {
2747       bfd_error_type err;
2748       struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
2749       extern FILE *yyin;
2750 
2751       err = bfd_get_error ();
2752 
2753       /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge.  */
2754       if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
2755 	return TRUE;
2756 
2757       if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
2758 	{
2759 	  char **p;
2760 
2761 	  einfo (_("%B: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2762 	  einfo (_("%B: matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
2763 	  for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
2764 	    einfo (" %s", *p);
2765 	  einfo ("%F\n");
2766 	}
2767       else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
2768 	       || place == NULL)
2769 	einfo (_("%F%B: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2770 
2771       bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
2772       entry->the_bfd = NULL;
2773 
2774       /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script.  */
2775       save_flags = input_flags;
2776       ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
2777 
2778       push_stat_ptr (place);
2779       input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
2780 	= entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
2781       input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
2782 	= entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
2783       input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
2784       input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
2785 
2786       ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
2787       parser_input = input_script;
2788       yyparse ();
2789       ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
2790 
2791       /* missing_file is sticky.  sysrooted will already have been
2792 	 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
2793 	 again.  */
2794       save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
2795       input_flags = save_flags;
2796       pop_stat_ptr ();
2797       fclose (yyin);
2798       yyin = NULL;
2799       entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
2800 
2801       return TRUE;
2802     }
2803 
2804   if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
2805     return TRUE;
2806 
2807   /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive.  Instead, the
2808      add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
2809      add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
2810      which is used.  */
2811   switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
2812     {
2813     default:
2814       break;
2815 
2816     case bfd_object:
2817       if (!entry->flags.reload)
2818 	ldlang_add_file (entry);
2819       if (trace_files || verbose)
2820 	info_msg ("%I\n", entry);
2821       break;
2822 
2823     case bfd_archive:
2824       check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
2825 
2826       if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
2827 	{
2828 	  bfd *member = NULL;
2829 	  bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
2830 
2831 	  for (;;)
2832 	    {
2833 	      bfd *subsbfd;
2834 	      member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
2835 
2836 	      if (member == NULL)
2837 		break;
2838 
2839 	      if (! bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
2840 		{
2841 		  einfo (_("%F%B: member %B in archive is not an object\n"),
2842 			 entry->the_bfd, member);
2843 		  loaded = FALSE;
2844 		}
2845 
2846 	      subsbfd = member;
2847 	      if (!(*link_info.callbacks
2848 		    ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
2849 					    "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
2850 		abort ();
2851 
2852 	      /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
2853 		 substitute BFD for us.  */
2854 	      if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
2855 		{
2856 		  einfo (_("%F%B: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
2857 		  loaded = FALSE;
2858 		}
2859 	    }
2860 
2861 	  entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
2862 	  return loaded;
2863 	}
2864       break;
2865     }
2866 
2867   if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
2868     entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
2869   else
2870     einfo (_("%F%B: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2871 
2872   return entry->flags.loaded;
2873 }
2874 
2875 /* Handle a wild statement.  S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
2876    may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard.  Separate
2877    lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
2878    expansion; they are added after the wild statement S.  OUTPUT is
2879    the output section.  */
2880 
2881 static void
2882 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
2883       const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2884       lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2885 {
2886   struct wildcard_list *sec;
2887 
2888   if (s->handler_data[0]
2889       && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
2890       && !s->filenames_sorted)
2891     {
2892       lang_section_bst_type *tree;
2893 
2894       walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
2895 
2896       tree = s->tree;
2897       if (tree)
2898 	{
2899 	  output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
2900 	  s->tree = NULL;
2901 	}
2902     }
2903   else
2904     walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
2905 
2906   if (default_common_section == NULL)
2907     for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2908       if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
2909 	{
2910 	  /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
2911 	     later get something which doesn't know where to put it.  */
2912 	  default_common_section = output;
2913 	  break;
2914 	}
2915 }
2916 
2917 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target.  */
2918 
2919 static int
2920 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
2921 {
2922   const char *sought = (const char *) data;
2923 
2924   return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
2925 }
2926 
2927 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well.  */
2928 
2929 static void
2930 stricpy (char *dest, char *src)
2931 {
2932   char c;
2933 
2934   while ((c = *src++) != 0)
2935     *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
2936 
2937   *dest = 0;
2938 }
2939 
2940 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
2941    from haystack.  */
2942 
2943 static void
2944 strcut (char *haystack, char *needle)
2945 {
2946   haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
2947 
2948   if (haystack)
2949     {
2950       char *src;
2951 
2952       for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
2953 	*haystack++ = *src++;
2954 
2955       *haystack = 0;
2956     }
2957 }
2958 
2959 /* Compare two target format name strings.
2960    Return a value indicating how "similar" they are.  */
2961 
2962 static int
2963 name_compare (char *first, char *second)
2964 {
2965   char *copy1;
2966   char *copy2;
2967   int result;
2968 
2969   copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
2970   copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
2971 
2972   /* Convert the names to lower case.  */
2973   stricpy (copy1, first);
2974   stricpy (copy2, second);
2975 
2976   /* Remove size and endian strings from the name.  */
2977   strcut (copy1, "big");
2978   strcut (copy1, "little");
2979   strcut (copy2, "big");
2980   strcut (copy2, "little");
2981 
2982   /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
2983      starting from the beginning.   If both strings are
2984      the same then return 10 * their length.  */
2985   for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
2986     if (copy1[result] == 0)
2987       {
2988 	result *= 10;
2989 	break;
2990       }
2991 
2992   free (copy1);
2993   free (copy2);
2994 
2995   return result;
2996 }
2997 
2998 /* Set by closest_target_match() below.  */
2999 static const bfd_target *winner;
3000 
3001 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3002    requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3003    match to the original output target.  */
3004 
3005 static int
3006 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3007 {
3008   const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3009 
3010   if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3011       && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3012     return 0;
3013 
3014   if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3015       && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3016     return 0;
3017 
3018   /* Must be the same flavour.  */
3019   if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3020     return 0;
3021 
3022   /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors.  */
3023   if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3024       || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3025       || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3026       || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3027     return 0;
3028 
3029   /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one.  */
3030   if (winner == NULL)
3031     {
3032       winner = target;
3033       return 0;
3034     }
3035 
3036   /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3037      Compare their names and choose the better one.  */
3038   if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3039       > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3040     winner = target;
3041 
3042   /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all.  */
3043   return 0;
3044 }
3045 
3046 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file.  */
3047 
3048 static char *
3049 get_first_input_target (void)
3050 {
3051   char *target = NULL;
3052 
3053   LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3054     {
3055       if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3056 	  && s->flags.real)
3057 	{
3058 	  ldfile_open_file (s);
3059 
3060 	  if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3061 	      && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3062 	    {
3063 	      target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3064 
3065 	      if (target != NULL)
3066 		break;
3067 	    }
3068 	}
3069     }
3070 
3071   return target;
3072 }
3073 
3074 const char *
3075 lang_get_output_target (void)
3076 {
3077   const char *target;
3078 
3079   /* Has the user told us which output format to use?  */
3080   if (output_target != NULL)
3081     return output_target;
3082 
3083   /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3084      the default?  */
3085   if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3086     return current_target;
3087 
3088   /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file?  */
3089   target = get_first_input_target ();
3090   if (target != NULL)
3091     return target;
3092 
3093   /* Failed - use the default output target.  */
3094   return default_target;
3095 }
3096 
3097 /* Open the output file.  */
3098 
3099 static void
3100 open_output (const char *name)
3101 {
3102   output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3103 
3104   /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3105      line?  */
3106   if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3107     {
3108       const bfd_target *target;
3109       enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3110 
3111       /* Get the chosen target.  */
3112       target = bfd_search_for_target (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3113 
3114       /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything.  */
3115       if (target != NULL)
3116 	{
3117 	  if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3118 	    desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3119 	  else
3120 	    desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3121 
3122 	  /* See if the target has the wrong endianness.  This should
3123 	     not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3124 	     little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3125 	     this.  */
3126 	  if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3127 	    {
3128 	      /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3129 		 an alternative with the correct endianness.  */
3130 	      if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3131 		  && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3132 		output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3133 	      else
3134 		{
3135 		  /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3136 		     the default target, but which has the desired
3137 		     endian characteristic.  */
3138 		  bfd_search_for_target (closest_target_match,
3139 					 (void *) target);
3140 
3141 		  /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3142 		     satisfy our requirements.  */
3143 		  if (winner == NULL)
3144 		    einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3145 			     " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3146 		  else
3147 		    output_target = winner->name;
3148 		}
3149 	    }
3150 	}
3151     }
3152 
3153   link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3154 
3155   if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3156     {
3157       if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3158 	einfo (_("%P%F: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3159 
3160       einfo (_("%P%F: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3161     }
3162 
3163   delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3164 
3165   if (! bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3166     einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3167   if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3168 			   ldfile_output_architecture,
3169 			   ldfile_output_machine))
3170     einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3171 
3172   link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3173   if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3174     einfo (_("%P%F: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3175 
3176   bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3177 }
3178 
3179 static void
3180 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3181 {
3182   switch (statement->header.type)
3183     {
3184     case lang_output_statement_enum:
3185       ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3186       open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3187       ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3188       if (config.magic_demand_paged
3189 	  && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3190 	link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3191       else
3192 	link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3193       if (config.text_read_only)
3194 	link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3195       else
3196 	link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3197       if (link_info.traditional_format)
3198 	link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3199       else
3200 	link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3201       break;
3202 
3203     case lang_target_statement_enum:
3204       current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3205       break;
3206     default:
3207       break;
3208     }
3209 }
3210 
3211 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
3212    For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
3213    of two, so we can use shifts.  */
3214 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
3215 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
3216 
3217 /* Support the above.  */
3218 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
3219 
3220 static void
3221 init_opb (void)
3222 {
3223   unsigned x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3224 					      ldfile_output_machine);
3225   opb_shift = 0;
3226   if (x > 1)
3227     while ((x & 1) == 0)
3228       {
3229 	x >>= 1;
3230 	++opb_shift;
3231       }
3232   ASSERT (x == 1);
3233 }
3234 
3235 /* Open all the input files.  */
3236 
3237 enum open_bfd_mode
3238   {
3239     OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3240     OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3241     OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3242   };
3243 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3244 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3245 #endif
3246 
3247 static void
3248 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3249 {
3250   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3251     {
3252       switch (s->header.type)
3253 	{
3254 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3255 	  open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3256 	  break;
3257 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3258 	  open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3259 	  break;
3260 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3261 	  /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols.  */
3262 	  if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3263 	      && s->wild_statement.filename
3264 	      && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3265 	      && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3266 	    lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3267 	  open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3268 	  break;
3269 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
3270 	  {
3271 	    struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3272 
3273 	    /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3274 	       until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3275 	       symbols.  */
3276 
3277 	    do
3278 	      {
3279 		undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3280 		open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3281 				 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3282 	      }
3283 	    while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail);
3284 	  }
3285 	  break;
3286 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
3287 	  current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3288 	  break;
3289 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
3290 	  if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3291 	    {
3292 	      lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3293 	      lang_statement_list_type add;
3294 	      bfd *abfd;
3295 
3296 	      s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3297 
3298 	      /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3299 		 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3300 		 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3301 		 has been loaded already.  Do the same for a rescan.
3302 		 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs.  */
3303 	      if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3304 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3305 		  && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3306 		      || plugin_insert == NULL)
3307 #endif
3308 		  && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3309 		  && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3310 		  && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3311 		       && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3312 		      || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3313 			  && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3314 			  && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3315 			  && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3316 			  && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3317 		{
3318 		  s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3319 		  s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3320 		}
3321 
3322 	      os_tail = lang_output_section_statement.tail;
3323 	      lang_list_init (&add);
3324 
3325 	      if (! load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3326 		config.make_executable = FALSE;
3327 
3328 	      if (add.head != NULL)
3329 		{
3330 		  /* If this was a script with output sections then
3331 		     tack any added statements on to the end of the
3332 		     list.  This avoids having to reorder the output
3333 		     section statement list.  Very likely the user
3334 		     forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3335 		     naive user expectations.  */
3336 		  if (os_tail != lang_output_section_statement.tail)
3337 		    {
3338 		      einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3339 			       " did you forget -T?\n"),
3340 			     s->input_statement.filename);
3341 		      *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3342 		      stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3343 		    }
3344 		  else
3345 		    {
3346 		      *add.tail = s->header.next;
3347 		      s->header.next = add.head;
3348 		    }
3349 		}
3350 	    }
3351 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3352 	  /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3353 	     files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan.  */
3354 	  if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3355 	    plugin_insert = NULL;
3356 #endif
3357 	  break;
3358 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3359 	  if (s->assignment_statement.exp->assign.defsym)
3360 	    /* This is from a --defsym on the command line.  */
3361 	    exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3362 	  break;
3363 	default:
3364 	  break;
3365 	}
3366     }
3367 
3368   /* Exit if any of the files were missing.  */
3369   if (input_flags.missing_file)
3370     einfo ("%F");
3371 }
3372 
3373 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3374    This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3375    the time the ld command line is processed.  First we put the name
3376    on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3377    name to the symbol table.  */
3378 
3379 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3380 
3381 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3382 
3383 void
3384 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
3385 {
3386   ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3387 
3388   undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
3389   new_undef = (ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3390   new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3391   ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3392 
3393   new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3394 
3395   if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3396     insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3397 }
3398 
3399 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table.  */
3400 
3401 static void
3402 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3403 {
3404   struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3405 
3406   h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3407   if (h == NULL)
3408     einfo (_("%P%F: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3409   if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3410     {
3411       h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3412       h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3413       bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3414     }
3415 }
3416 
3417 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3418    into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3419    script file.  */
3420 
3421 static void
3422 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3423 {
3424   ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3425 
3426   for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3427     insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3428 }
3429 
3430 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3431    be defined.  */
3432 
3433 struct require_defined_symbol
3434 {
3435   const char *name;
3436   struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3437 };
3438 
3439 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined.  */
3440 
3441 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3442 
3443 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3444    defined.  */
3445 
3446 void
3447 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char * const name)
3448 {
3449   struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3450 
3451   ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
3452   ptr = (struct require_defined_symbol *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
3453   ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
3454   ptr->name = strdup (name);
3455   require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
3456 }
3457 
3458 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
3459    raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined.  */
3460 
3461 static void
3462 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
3463 {
3464   struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3465 
3466   for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3467     {
3468       struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3469 
3470       h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
3471                                 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
3472       if (h == NULL
3473           || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3474               && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3475         einfo(_("%P%X: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
3476     }
3477 }
3478 
3479 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections.  */
3480 
3481 static void
3482 check_input_sections
3483   (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3484    lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3485 {
3486   for (; s != (lang_statement_union_type *) NULL; s = s->header.next)
3487     {
3488       switch (s->header.type)
3489 	{
3490 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3491 	  walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
3492 		     output_section_statement);
3493 	  if (! output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3494 	    return;
3495 	  break;
3496 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3497 	  check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
3498 				output_section_statement);
3499 	  if (! output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3500 	    return;
3501 	  break;
3502 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
3503 	  check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3504 				output_section_statement);
3505 	  if (! output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3506 	    return;
3507 	  break;
3508 	default:
3509 	  break;
3510 	}
3511     }
3512 }
3513 
3514 /* Update wildcard statements if needed.  */
3515 
3516 static void
3517 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
3518 {
3519   struct wildcard_list *sec;
3520 
3521   switch (sort_section)
3522     {
3523     default:
3524       FAIL ();
3525 
3526     case none:
3527       break;
3528 
3529     case by_name:
3530     case by_alignment:
3531       for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3532 	{
3533 	  switch (s->header.type)
3534 	    {
3535 	    default:
3536 	      break;
3537 
3538 	    case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3539 	      for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
3540 		   sec = sec->next)
3541 		{
3542 		  switch (sec->spec.sorted)
3543 		    {
3544 		    case none:
3545 		      sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
3546 		      break;
3547 		    case by_name:
3548 		      if (sort_section == by_alignment)
3549 			sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
3550 		      break;
3551 		    case by_alignment:
3552 		      if (sort_section == by_name)
3553 			sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
3554 		      break;
3555 		    default:
3556 		      break;
3557 		    }
3558 		}
3559 	      break;
3560 
3561 	    case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3562 	      update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
3563 	      break;
3564 
3565 	    case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3566 	      /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections.  */
3567 	      if (strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".init") != 0
3568 		  && strcmp (s->output_section_statement.name, ".fini") != 0)
3569 		update_wild_statements
3570 		  (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
3571 	      break;
3572 
3573 	    case lang_group_statement_enum:
3574 	      update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
3575 	      break;
3576 	    }
3577 	}
3578       break;
3579     }
3580 }
3581 
3582 /* Open input files and attach to output sections.  */
3583 
3584 static void
3585 map_input_to_output_sections
3586   (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
3587    lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
3588 {
3589   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3590     {
3591       lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
3592       flagword flags;
3593 
3594       switch (s->header.type)
3595 	{
3596 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3597 	  wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
3598 	  break;
3599 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3600 	  map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
3601 					target,
3602 					os);
3603 	  break;
3604 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3605 	  tos = &s->output_section_statement;
3606 	  if (tos->constraint != 0)
3607 	    {
3608 	      if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
3609 		  && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
3610 		break;
3611 	      tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
3612 	      check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
3613 	      if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
3614 		{
3615 		  tos->constraint = -1;
3616 		  break;
3617 		}
3618 	    }
3619 	  map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
3620 					target,
3621 					tos);
3622 	  break;
3623 	case lang_output_statement_enum:
3624 	  break;
3625 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
3626 	  target = s->target_statement.target;
3627 	  break;
3628 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
3629 	  map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3630 					target,
3631 					os);
3632 	  break;
3633 	case lang_data_statement_enum:
3634 	  /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
3635 	     are initialized.  */
3636 	  exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
3637 	  /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
3638 	     these may be overridden by the script.  */
3639 	  flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
3640 	  switch (os->sectype)
3641 	    {
3642 	    case normal_section:
3643 	    case overlay_section:
3644 	      break;
3645 	    case noalloc_section:
3646 	      flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3647 	      break;
3648 	    case noload_section:
3649 	      if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
3650 		  == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3651 		flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
3652 	      else
3653 		flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3654 	      break;
3655 	    }
3656 	  if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
3657 	    init_os (os, flags);
3658 	  else
3659 	    os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
3660 	  break;
3661 	case lang_input_section_enum:
3662 	  break;
3663 	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
3664 	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
3665 	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
3666 	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
3667 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
3668 	  if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3669 	    init_os (os, 0);
3670 	  break;
3671 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3672 	  if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3673 	    init_os (os, 0);
3674 
3675 	  /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
3676 	     are initialized.  */
3677 	  exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3678 	  break;
3679 	case lang_address_statement_enum:
3680 	  /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
3681 	     If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
3682 	     directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
3683 	     processed the segment marker.  Originally, the linker
3684 	     treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
3685 	     command-line) as section directives.  We honor the
3686 	     section directive semantics for backwards compatibilty;
3687 	     linker scripts that do not specifically check for
3688 	     SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics.  */
3689 	  if (!s->address_statement.segment
3690 	      || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
3691 	    {
3692 	      const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
3693 
3694 	      /* Create the output section statement here so that
3695 		 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
3696 		 script sections.  If we let the orphan placement code
3697 		 place them in amongst other sections then the address
3698 		 will affect following script sections, which is
3699 		 likely to surprise naive users.  */
3700 	      tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
3701 	      tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
3702 	      if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
3703 		init_os (tos, 0);
3704 	    }
3705 	  break;
3706 	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
3707 	  break;
3708 	}
3709     }
3710 }
3711 
3712 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
3713    start of the list and places them after the output section
3714    statement specified by the insert.  This operation is complicated
3715    by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
3716    statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements.  */
3717 
3718 static void
3719 process_insert_statements (void)
3720 {
3721   lang_statement_union_type **s;
3722   lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
3723   lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
3724   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3725 
3726   /* "start of list" is actually the statement immediately after
3727      the special abs_section output statement, so that it isn't
3728      reordered.  */
3729   s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3730   while (*(s = &(*s)->header.next) != NULL)
3731     {
3732       if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
3733 	{
3734 	  /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
3735 	     statement in the sequence we may be about to move.  */
3736 	  os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
3737 
3738 	  ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
3739 	  last_os = os;
3740 
3741 	  /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
3742 	     won't match this output section statement.  At this
3743 	     stage in linking constraint has values in the range
3744 	     [-1, ONLY_IN_RW].  */
3745 	  last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
3746 	  if (first_os == NULL)
3747 	    first_os = last_os;
3748 	}
3749       else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
3750 	{
3751 	  lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
3752 	  lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
3753 	  lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
3754 	  lang_statement_union_type *first;
3755 
3756 	  where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
3757 	  if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
3758 	    {
3759 	      do
3760 		where = where->prev;
3761 	      while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
3762 	    }
3763 	  if (where == NULL)
3764 	    {
3765 	      einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
3766 	      return;
3767 	    }
3768 
3769 	  /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list.  */
3770 	  if (last_os != NULL)
3771 	    {
3772 	      asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
3773 	      struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
3774 
3775 	      /* Snip out the output sections we are moving.  */
3776 	      first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
3777 	      if (last_os->next == NULL)
3778 		{
3779 		  next = &first_os->prev->next;
3780 		  lang_output_section_statement.tail
3781 		    = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3782 		}
3783 	      else
3784 		last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
3785 	      /* Add them in at the new position.  */
3786 	      last_os->next = where->next;
3787 	      if (where->next == NULL)
3788 		{
3789 		  next = &last_os->next;
3790 		  lang_output_section_statement.tail
3791 		    = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
3792 		}
3793 	      else
3794 		where->next->prev = last_os;
3795 	      first_os->prev = where;
3796 	      where->next = first_os;
3797 
3798 	      /* Move the bfd sections in the same way.  */
3799 	      first_sec = NULL;
3800 	      last_sec = NULL;
3801 	      for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
3802 		{
3803 		  os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
3804 		  if (os->bfd_section != NULL
3805 		      && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
3806 		    {
3807 		      last_sec = os->bfd_section;
3808 		      if (first_sec == NULL)
3809 			first_sec = last_sec;
3810 		    }
3811 		  if (os == last_os)
3812 		    break;
3813 		}
3814 	      if (last_sec != NULL)
3815 		{
3816 		  asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
3817 		  if (sec == NULL)
3818 		    sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
3819 
3820 		  /* The place we want to insert must come after the
3821 		     sections we are moving.  So if we find no
3822 		     section or if the section is the same as our
3823 		     last section, then no move is needed.  */
3824 		  if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
3825 		    {
3826 		      /* Trim them off.  */
3827 		      if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
3828 			first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
3829 		      else
3830 			link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
3831 		      if (last_sec->next != NULL)
3832 			last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
3833 		      else
3834 			link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
3835 		      /* Add back.  */
3836 		      last_sec->next = sec->next;
3837 		      if (sec->next != NULL)
3838 			sec->next->prev = last_sec;
3839 		      else
3840 			link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
3841 		      first_sec->prev = sec;
3842 		      sec->next = first_sec;
3843 		    }
3844 		}
3845 
3846 	      first_os = NULL;
3847 	      last_os = NULL;
3848 	    }
3849 
3850 	  ptr = insert_os_after (where);
3851 	  /* Snip everything after the abs_section output statement we
3852 	     know is at the start of the list, up to and including
3853 	     the insert statement we are currently processing.  */
3854 	  first = lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next;
3855 	  lang_output_section_statement.head->header.next = (*s)->header.next;
3856 	  /* Add them back where they belong.  */
3857 	  *s = *ptr;
3858 	  if (*s == NULL)
3859 	    statement_list.tail = s;
3860 	  *ptr = first;
3861 	  s = &lang_output_section_statement.head;
3862 	}
3863     }
3864 
3865   /* Undo constraint twiddling.  */
3866   for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
3867     {
3868       os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
3869       if (os == last_os)
3870 	break;
3871     }
3872 }
3873 
3874 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
3875    added.  For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
3876    sections if they turn out to be not needed.  Clean them up here.  */
3877 
3878 void
3879 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
3880 {
3881   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3882 
3883   /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done).  */
3884   if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
3885     {
3886       expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
3887       expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_none;
3888       one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
3889       lang_reset_memory_regions ();
3890     }
3891 
3892   for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
3893        os != NULL;
3894        os = os->next)
3895     {
3896       asection *output_section;
3897       bfd_boolean exclude;
3898 
3899       if (os->constraint < 0)
3900 	continue;
3901 
3902       output_section = os->bfd_section;
3903       if (output_section == NULL)
3904 	continue;
3905 
3906       exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
3907 		 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
3908 		 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
3909 						    output_section));
3910 
3911       /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
3912 	 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash.  These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3913 	 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
3914 	 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE.  */
3915       if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
3916 	{
3917 	  asection *s;
3918 
3919 	  for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
3920 	    if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3921 		&& ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
3922 		    || link_info.emitrelocations))
3923 	      {
3924 		exclude = FALSE;
3925 		break;
3926 	      }
3927 	}
3928 
3929       if (exclude)
3930 	{
3931 	  /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
3932 	     removed output section statement may still be used.  */
3933 	  if (!os->update_dot)
3934 	    os->ignored = TRUE;
3935 	  output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3936 	  bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
3937 	  link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
3938 	}
3939     }
3940 }
3941 
3942 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
3943    asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite.
3944    FIXME: Except for sh64elf.em which starts creating link_orders in
3945    its after_allocation routine so needs to call it early.  */
3946 
3947 void
3948 lang_clear_os_map (void)
3949 {
3950   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3951 
3952   if (map_head_is_link_order)
3953     return;
3954 
3955   for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
3956        os != NULL;
3957        os = os->next)
3958     {
3959       asection *output_section;
3960 
3961       if (os->constraint < 0)
3962 	continue;
3963 
3964       output_section = os->bfd_section;
3965       if (output_section == NULL)
3966 	continue;
3967 
3968       /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders.  */
3969       output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
3970       output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
3971     }
3972 
3973   /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
3974      and map_tail link_order fields.  */
3975   map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
3976 }
3977 
3978 static void
3979 print_output_section_statement
3980   (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3981 {
3982   asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
3983   int len;
3984 
3985   if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
3986     {
3987       minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
3988 
3989       if (section != NULL)
3990 	{
3991 	  print_dot = section->vma;
3992 
3993 	  len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
3994 	  if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
3995 	    {
3996 	      print_nl ();
3997 	      len = 0;
3998 	    }
3999 	  while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4000 	    {
4001 	      print_space ();
4002 	      ++len;
4003 	    }
4004 
4005 	  minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, section->size);
4006 
4007 	  if (section->vma != section->lma)
4008 	    minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4009 
4010 	  if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4011 	    exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4012 			   bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4013 	}
4014 
4015       print_nl ();
4016     }
4017 
4018   print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4019 			output_section_statement);
4020 }
4021 
4022 static void
4023 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4024 		  lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4025 {
4026   unsigned int i;
4027   bfd_boolean is_dot;
4028   etree_type *tree;
4029   asection *osec;
4030 
4031   for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4032     print_space ();
4033 
4034   if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4035     {
4036       is_dot = FALSE;
4037       tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4038     }
4039   else
4040     {
4041       const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4042 
4043       is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4044       if (!is_dot)
4045 	expld.assign_name = dst;
4046       tree = assignment->exp->assign.src;
4047     }
4048 
4049   osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4050   if (osec == NULL)
4051     osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4052 
4053   if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4054     exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4055   else
4056     expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
4057 
4058   if (expld.result.valid_p)
4059     {
4060       bfd_vma value;
4061 
4062       if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4063 	  || is_dot
4064 	  || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4065 	{
4066 	  value = expld.result.value;
4067 
4068 	  if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4069 	    value += expld.result.section->vma;
4070 
4071 	  minfo ("0x%V", value);
4072 	  if (is_dot)
4073 	    print_dot = value;
4074 	}
4075       else
4076 	{
4077 	  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4078 
4079 	  h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4080 				    FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4081 	  if (h)
4082 	    {
4083 	      value = h->u.def.value;
4084 	      value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4085 	      value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4086 
4087 	      minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4088 	    }
4089 	  else
4090 	    minfo ("[unresolved]");
4091 	}
4092     }
4093   else
4094     {
4095       if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4096         minfo ("[!provide]");
4097       else
4098         minfo ("*undef*   ");
4099 #ifdef BFD64
4100       minfo ("        ");
4101 #endif
4102     }
4103   expld.assign_name = NULL;
4104 
4105   minfo ("                ");
4106   exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4107   print_nl ();
4108 }
4109 
4110 static void
4111 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4112 {
4113   if (statm->filename != NULL
4114       && (statm->the_bfd == NULL
4115 	  || (statm->the_bfd->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED) == 0))
4116     fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4117 }
4118 
4119 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section.  This is called
4120    via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols.  */
4121 
4122 static bfd_boolean
4123 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4124 {
4125   asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4126 
4127   if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4128        || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4129       && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4130     {
4131       int i;
4132 
4133       for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4134 	print_space ();
4135       minfo ("0x%V   ",
4136 	     (hash_entry->u.def.value
4137 	      + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4138 	      + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4139 
4140       minfo ("             %T\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4141     }
4142 
4143   return TRUE;
4144 }
4145 
4146 static int
4147 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4148 {
4149   const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4150   const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4151 
4152   if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4153     return -1;
4154   else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4155     return 1;
4156   else
4157     return 0;
4158 }
4159 
4160 static void
4161 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4162 {
4163   input_section_userdata_type *ud
4164     = (input_section_userdata_type *) get_userdata (sec);
4165   struct map_symbol_def *def;
4166   struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4167   unsigned int i;
4168 
4169   if (!ud)
4170     return;
4171 
4172   *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4173 
4174   /* Sort the symbols by address.  */
4175   entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4176       obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4177 
4178   for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4179     entries[i] = def->entry;
4180 
4181   qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4182 	 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4183 
4184   /* Print the symbols.  */
4185   for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4186     print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4187 
4188   obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4189 }
4190 
4191 /* Print information about an input section to the map file.  */
4192 
4193 static void
4194 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4195 {
4196   bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4197   int len;
4198   bfd_vma addr;
4199 
4200   init_opb ();
4201 
4202   print_space ();
4203   minfo ("%s", i->name);
4204 
4205   len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4206   if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4207     {
4208       print_nl ();
4209       len = 0;
4210     }
4211   while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4212     {
4213       print_space ();
4214       ++len;
4215     }
4216 
4217   if (i->output_section != NULL
4218       && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4219     addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4220   else
4221     {
4222       addr = print_dot;
4223       if (!is_discarded)
4224 	size = 0;
4225     }
4226 
4227   minfo ("0x%V %W %B\n", addr, TO_ADDR (size), i->owner);
4228 
4229   if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4230     {
4231       len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4232 #ifdef BFD64
4233       len += 16;
4234 #else
4235       len += 8;
4236 #endif
4237       while (len > 0)
4238 	{
4239 	  print_space ();
4240 	  --len;
4241 	}
4242 
4243       minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), i->rawsize);
4244     }
4245 
4246   if (i->output_section != NULL
4247       && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4248     {
4249       if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4250 	bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
4251       else
4252 	print_all_symbols (i);
4253 
4254       /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4255 	 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4256 	 later overlay is shorter than an earier one.  */
4257       if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4258 	print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4259     }
4260 }
4261 
4262 static void
4263 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4264 {
4265   size_t size;
4266   unsigned char *p;
4267   fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4268   for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4269     fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4270   fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4271 }
4272 
4273 static void
4274 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4275 {
4276   int i;
4277   bfd_vma addr;
4278   bfd_size_type size;
4279   const char *name;
4280 
4281   init_opb ();
4282   for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4283     print_space ();
4284 
4285   addr = data->output_offset;
4286   if (data->output_section != NULL)
4287     addr += data->output_section->vma;
4288 
4289   switch (data->type)
4290     {
4291     default:
4292       abort ();
4293     case BYTE:
4294       size = BYTE_SIZE;
4295       name = "BYTE";
4296       break;
4297     case SHORT:
4298       size = SHORT_SIZE;
4299       name = "SHORT";
4300       break;
4301     case LONG:
4302       size = LONG_SIZE;
4303       name = "LONG";
4304       break;
4305     case QUAD:
4306       size = QUAD_SIZE;
4307       name = "QUAD";
4308       break;
4309     case SQUAD:
4310       size = QUAD_SIZE;
4311       name = "SQUAD";
4312       break;
4313     }
4314 
4315   minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, size, name, data->value);
4316 
4317   if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4318     {
4319       print_space ();
4320       exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4321     }
4322 
4323   print_nl ();
4324 
4325   print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4326 }
4327 
4328 /* Print an address statement.  These are generated by options like
4329    -Ttext.  */
4330 
4331 static void
4332 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4333 {
4334   minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4335   exp_print_tree (address->address);
4336   print_nl ();
4337 }
4338 
4339 /* Print a reloc statement.  */
4340 
4341 static void
4342 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4343 {
4344   int i;
4345   bfd_vma addr;
4346   bfd_size_type size;
4347 
4348   init_opb ();
4349   for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4350     print_space ();
4351 
4352   addr = reloc->output_offset;
4353   if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4354     addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4355 
4356   size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4357 
4358   minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, size, reloc->howto->name);
4359 
4360   if (reloc->name != NULL)
4361     minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4362   else
4363     minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4364 
4365   exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4366 
4367   print_nl ();
4368 
4369   print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4370 }
4371 
4372 static void
4373 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4374 {
4375   int len;
4376   bfd_vma addr;
4377 
4378   init_opb ();
4379   minfo (" *fill*");
4380 
4381   len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4382   while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4383     {
4384       print_space ();
4385       ++len;
4386     }
4387 
4388   addr = s->output_offset;
4389   if (s->output_section != NULL)
4390     addr += s->output_section->vma;
4391   minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, (bfd_vma) s->size);
4392 
4393   if (s->fill->size != 0)
4394     {
4395       size_t size;
4396       unsigned char *p;
4397       for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4398 	fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4399     }
4400 
4401   print_nl ();
4402 
4403   print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4404 }
4405 
4406 static void
4407 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4408 		      lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4409 {
4410   struct wildcard_list *sec;
4411 
4412   print_space ();
4413 
4414   if (w->filenames_sorted)
4415     minfo ("SORT(");
4416   if (w->filename != NULL)
4417     minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4418   else
4419     minfo ("*");
4420   if (w->filenames_sorted)
4421     minfo (")");
4422 
4423   minfo ("(");
4424   for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4425     {
4426       if (sec->spec.sorted)
4427 	minfo ("SORT(");
4428       if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
4429 	{
4430 	  name_list *tmp;
4431 	  minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
4432 	  for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4433 	    minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4434 	  minfo (") ");
4435 	}
4436       if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
4437 	minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
4438       else
4439 	minfo ("*");
4440       if (sec->spec.sorted)
4441 	minfo (")");
4442       if (sec->next)
4443 	minfo (" ");
4444     }
4445   minfo (")");
4446 
4447   print_nl ();
4448 
4449   print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
4450 }
4451 
4452 /* Print a group statement.  */
4453 
4454 static void
4455 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
4456 	     lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4457 {
4458   fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
4459   print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
4460   fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
4461 }
4462 
4463 /* Print the list of statements in S.
4464    This can be called for any statement type.  */
4465 
4466 static void
4467 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4468 		      lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4469 {
4470   while (s != NULL)
4471     {
4472       print_statement (s, os);
4473       s = s->header.next;
4474     }
4475 }
4476 
4477 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
4478    This can be called for any statement type.  */
4479 
4480 static void
4481 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4482 		 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4483 {
4484   switch (s->header.type)
4485     {
4486     default:
4487       fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
4488       FAIL ();
4489       break;
4490     case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4491       if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
4492 	{
4493 	  if (constructors_sorted)
4494 	    minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
4495 	  else
4496 	    minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
4497 	  print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
4498 	}
4499       break;
4500     case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4501       print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
4502       break;
4503     case lang_address_statement_enum:
4504       print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
4505       break;
4506     case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4507       minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
4508       break;
4509     case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4510       print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
4511       break;
4512     case lang_data_statement_enum:
4513       print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
4514       break;
4515     case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4516       print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
4517       break;
4518     case lang_input_section_enum:
4519       print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
4520       break;
4521     case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4522       print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
4523       break;
4524     case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4525       print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
4526       break;
4527     case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4528       print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
4529       break;
4530     case lang_target_statement_enum:
4531       fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
4532       break;
4533     case lang_output_statement_enum:
4534       minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
4535       if (output_target != NULL)
4536 	minfo (" %s", output_target);
4537       minfo (")\n");
4538       break;
4539     case lang_input_statement_enum:
4540       print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
4541       break;
4542     case lang_group_statement_enum:
4543       print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
4544       break;
4545     case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4546       minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
4547 	     s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
4548 	     s->insert_statement.where);
4549       break;
4550     }
4551 }
4552 
4553 static void
4554 print_statements (void)
4555 {
4556   print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
4557 }
4558 
4559 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
4560    If N == 0, nothing is printed.
4561    If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
4562    Intended to be called from GDB.  */
4563 
4564 void
4565 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
4566 {
4567   FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
4568 
4569   config.map_file = stderr;
4570 
4571   if (n < 0)
4572     print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
4573   else
4574     {
4575       while (s && --n >= 0)
4576 	{
4577 	  print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
4578 	  s = s->header.next;
4579 	}
4580     }
4581 
4582   config.map_file = map_save;
4583 }
4584 
4585 static void
4586 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
4587 	    fill_type *fill,
4588 	    bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
4589 	    asection *output_section,
4590 	    bfd_vma dot)
4591 {
4592   static fill_type zero_fill;
4593   lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
4594 
4595   if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
4596     pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
4597 	   ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
4598   if (pad != NULL
4599       && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4600       && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4601     {
4602       /* Use the existing pad statement.  */
4603     }
4604   else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
4605 	   && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4606 	   && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4607     {
4608       /* Use the existing pad statement.  */
4609     }
4610   else
4611     {
4612       /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain.  */
4613       pad = (lang_statement_union_type *)
4614 	  stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
4615       pad->header.next = *ptr;
4616       *ptr = pad;
4617       pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
4618       pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
4619       if (fill == NULL)
4620 	fill = &zero_fill;
4621       pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
4622     }
4623   pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
4624   pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
4625   output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
4626 				  - output_section->vma);
4627 }
4628 
4629 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point.  */
4630 
4631 static bfd_vma
4632 size_input_section
4633   (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
4634    lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4635    fill_type *fill,
4636    bfd_vma dot)
4637 {
4638   lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
4639   asection *i = is->section;
4640   asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4641 
4642   if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
4643     i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
4644   else if ((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
4645     i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4646   else
4647     {
4648       bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
4649 
4650       /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
4651 	 then to the output section's requirement.  If this alignment
4652 	 is greater than any seen before, then record it too.  Perform
4653 	 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement.  */
4654 
4655       if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != -1)
4656 	i->alignment_power = output_section_statement->subsection_alignment;
4657 
4658       if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
4659 	o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
4660 
4661       alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
4662 
4663       if (alignment_needed != 0)
4664 	{
4665 	  insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
4666 	  dot += alignment_needed;
4667 	}
4668 
4669       /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes.  */
4670       i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4671 
4672       /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now.  */
4673       dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
4674       o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
4675     }
4676 
4677   return dot;
4678 }
4679 
4680 static int
4681 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4682 {
4683   const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
4684   const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
4685 
4686   if (bfd_section_lma (sec1->owner, sec1)
4687       < bfd_section_lma (sec2->owner, sec2))
4688     return -1;
4689   else if (bfd_section_lma (sec1->owner, sec1)
4690 	   > bfd_section_lma (sec2->owner, sec2))
4691     return 1;
4692   else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4693     return -1;
4694   else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4695     return 1;
4696 
4697   return 0;
4698 }
4699 
4700 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
4701   ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0				\
4702    || ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0		\
4703 	&& (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0))
4704 
4705 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
4706    sections.  This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
4707    section addresses of the two sections.  Also check whether any memory
4708    region has overflowed.  */
4709 
4710 static void
4711 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
4712 {
4713   asection *s, *p;
4714   asection **sections, **spp;
4715   unsigned int count;
4716   bfd_vma s_start;
4717   bfd_vma s_end;
4718   bfd_vma p_start;
4719   bfd_vma p_end;
4720   bfd_size_type amt;
4721   lang_memory_region_type *m;
4722 
4723   if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
4724     return;
4725 
4726   amt = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) * sizeof (asection *);
4727   sections = (asection **) xmalloc (amt);
4728 
4729   /* Scan all sections in the output list.  */
4730   count = 0;
4731   for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4732     {
4733       /* Only consider loadable sections with real contents.  */
4734       if (!(s->flags & SEC_LOAD)
4735 	  || !(s->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
4736 	  || s->size == 0)
4737 	continue;
4738 
4739       sections[count] = s;
4740       count++;
4741     }
4742 
4743   if (count <= 1)
4744     return;
4745 
4746   qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *),
4747 	 sort_sections_by_lma);
4748 
4749   spp = sections;
4750   s = *spp++;
4751   s_start = s->lma;
4752   s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
4753   for (count--; count; count--)
4754     {
4755       /* We must check the sections' LMA addresses not their VMA
4756 	 addresses because overlay sections can have overlapping VMAs
4757 	 but they must have distinct LMAs.  */
4758       p = s;
4759       p_start = s_start;
4760       p_end = s_end;
4761       s = *spp++;
4762       s_start = s->lma;
4763       s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
4764 
4765       /* Look for an overlap.  We have sorted sections by lma, so we
4766 	 know that s_start >= p_start.  Besides the obvious case of
4767 	 overlap when the current section starts before the previous
4768 	 one ends, we also must have overlap if the previous section
4769 	 wraps around the address space.  */
4770       if (s_start <= p_end
4771 	  || p_end < p_start)
4772 	einfo (_("%X%P: section %s loaded at [%V,%V] overlaps section %s loaded at [%V,%V]\n"),
4773 	       s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
4774     }
4775 
4776   free (sections);
4777 
4778   /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
4779      We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
4780      explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
4781      diagnostics are adequate for that case.
4782 
4783      FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
4784      might overflow a 32-bit integer.  There is, alas, no way to print
4785      a bfd_vma quantity in decimal.  */
4786   for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
4787     if (m->had_full_message)
4788       einfo (_("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %ld bytes\n"),
4789 	     m->name_list.name, (long)(m->current - (m->origin + m->length)));
4790 
4791 }
4792 
4793 /* Make sure the new address is within the region.  We explicitly permit the
4794    current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
4795    non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
4796    calculation wraps around.  */
4797 
4798 static void
4799 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
4800 		 lang_memory_region_type *region,
4801 		 etree_type *tree,
4802 		 bfd_vma rbase)
4803 {
4804   if ((region->current < region->origin
4805        || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
4806       && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
4807 	  || rbase == 0))
4808     {
4809       if (tree != NULL)
4810 	{
4811 	  einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %B section `%s'"
4812 		   " is not within region `%s'\n"),
4813 		 region->current,
4814 		 os->bfd_section->owner,
4815 		 os->bfd_section->name,
4816 		 region->name_list.name);
4817 	}
4818       else if (!region->had_full_message)
4819 	{
4820 	  region->had_full_message = TRUE;
4821 
4822 	  einfo (_("%X%P: %B section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
4823 		 os->bfd_section->owner,
4824 		 os->bfd_section->name,
4825 		 region->name_list.name);
4826 	}
4827     }
4828 }
4829 
4830 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections.  */
4831 
4832 static bfd_vma
4833 lang_size_sections_1
4834   (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
4835    lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4836    fill_type *fill,
4837    bfd_vma dot,
4838    bfd_boolean *relax,
4839    bfd_boolean check_regions)
4840 {
4841   lang_statement_union_type *s;
4842 
4843   /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts.  */
4844   for (s = *prev; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4845     {
4846       switch (s->header.type)
4847 	{
4848 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4849 	  {
4850 	    bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
4851 	    lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4852 	    lang_memory_region_type *r;
4853 	    int section_alignment = 0;
4854 
4855 	    os = &s->output_section_statement;
4856 	    if (os->constraint == -1)
4857 	      break;
4858 
4859 	    /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
4860 	       here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
4861 	       This is covering for coff backend linker bugs.  See PR6945.  */
4862 	    if (os->addr_tree == NULL
4863 		&& bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
4864 		&& (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
4865 		    == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
4866 	      os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
4867 	    if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
4868 	      {
4869 		os->processed_vma = FALSE;
4870 		exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
4871 
4872 		if (expld.result.valid_p)
4873 		  {
4874 		    dot = expld.result.value;
4875 		    if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4876 		      dot += expld.result.section->vma;
4877 		  }
4878 		else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4879 		  einfo (_("%F%S: non constant or forward reference"
4880 			   " address expression for section %s\n"),
4881 			 os->addr_tree, os->name);
4882 	      }
4883 
4884 	    if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
4885 	      /* This section was removed or never actually created.  */
4886 	      break;
4887 
4888 	    /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
4889 	       address from the input section.  FIXME: This is COFF
4890 	       specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
4891 	       to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind.  */
4892 	    if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
4893 		  == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
4894 		 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
4895 		     == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
4896 		&& (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
4897 	      {
4898 		asection *input;
4899 
4900 		if (os->children.head == NULL
4901 		    || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
4902 		    || (os->children.head->header.type
4903 			!= lang_input_section_enum))
4904 		  einfo (_("%P%X: Internal error on COFF shared library"
4905 			   " section %s\n"), os->name);
4906 
4907 		input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
4908 		bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner,
4909 				     os->bfd_section,
4910 				     bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input));
4911 		os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
4912 		break;
4913 	      }
4914 
4915 	    newdot = dot;
4916 	    dotdelta = 0;
4917 	    if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
4918 	      {
4919 		/* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero.  */
4920 		ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
4921 	      }
4922 	    else
4923 	      {
4924 		if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
4925 		  {
4926 		    /* No address specified for this section, get one
4927 		       from the region specification.  */
4928 		    if (os->region == NULL
4929 			|| ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
4930 			    && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
4931 			    && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
4932 				       DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
4933 		      {
4934 			os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
4935 		      }
4936 
4937 		    /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
4938 		       region, and some non default memory regions were
4939 		       defined, issue an error message.  */
4940 		    if (!os->ignored
4941 			&& !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
4942 			&& !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
4943 			&& check_regions
4944 			&& strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
4945 				   DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
4946 			&& lang_memory_region_list != NULL
4947 			&& (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
4948 				    DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
4949 			    || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
4950 			&& expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4951 		      {
4952 			/* By default this is an error rather than just a
4953 			   warning because if we allocate the section to the
4954 			   default memory region we can end up creating an
4955 			   excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
4956 			   attempting to perform a negative seek.  See
4957 			   sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
4958 			   for an example of this.  This behaviour can be
4959 			   overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
4960 			   switch.  */
4961 			if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
4962 			  einfo (_("%P%F: error: no memory region specified"
4963 				   " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
4964 				 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
4965 						       os->bfd_section));
4966 			else
4967 			  einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
4968 				   " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
4969 				 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
4970 						       os->bfd_section));
4971 		      }
4972 
4973 		    newdot = os->region->current;
4974 		    section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
4975 		  }
4976 		else
4977 		  section_alignment = os->section_alignment;
4978 
4979 		/* Align to what the section needs.  */
4980 		if (section_alignment > 0)
4981 		  {
4982 		    bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
4983 		    newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
4984 
4985 		    dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
4986 		    if (dotdelta != 0
4987 			&& (config.warn_section_align
4988 			    || os->addr_tree != NULL)
4989 			&& expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4990 		      einfo (_("%P: warning: changing start of section"
4991 			       " %s by %lu bytes\n"),
4992 			     os->name, (unsigned long) dotdelta);
4993 		  }
4994 
4995 		bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, newdot);
4996 
4997 		os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
4998 	      }
4999 
5000 	    lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5001 				  os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5002 
5003 	    os->processed_vma = TRUE;
5004 
5005 	    if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5006 	      /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5007 		 no output section should change from zero size
5008 		 after strip_excluded_output_sections.  A non-zero
5009 		 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5010 		 input section was not sized early enough.  */
5011 	      ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5012 	    else
5013 	      {
5014 		dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5015 
5016 		/* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5017 		   align at the block boundary.  */
5018 		after = ((dot
5019 			  + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5020 			  + os->block_value - 1)
5021 			 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5022 
5023 		os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after - os->bfd_section->vma);
5024 	      }
5025 
5026 	    /* Set section lma.  */
5027 	    r = os->region;
5028 	    if (r == NULL)
5029 	      r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5030 
5031 	    if (os->load_base)
5032 	      {
5033 		bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5034 		os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5035 	      }
5036 	    else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5037 	      {
5038 		bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5039 
5040 		if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5041 		  lma += dotdelta;
5042 		else
5043 		  {
5044 		    /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5045 		       as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5046 		       from the bfd section.  If a different region, then
5047 		       only align according to the value in the output
5048 		       statement.  */
5049 		    if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5050 		      section_alignment = os->section_alignment;
5051 		    if (section_alignment > 0)
5052 		      lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5053 		  }
5054 		os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5055 	      }
5056 	    else if (r->last_os != NULL
5057 		     && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5058 	      {
5059 		bfd_vma lma;
5060 		asection *last;
5061 
5062 		last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5063 
5064 		/* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5065 		   an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5066 		   os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5067 		   create overlapping LMAs.  */
5068 		if (dot < last->vma
5069 		    && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5070 		    && dot + os->bfd_section->size <= last->vma)
5071 		  {
5072 		    /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5073 		       vma.  This is the old default lma, which might
5074 		       just happen to work when the backwards move is
5075 		       sufficiently large.  Nag if this changes anything,
5076 		       so people can fix their linker scripts.  */
5077 
5078 		    if (last->vma != last->lma)
5079 		      einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards before `%s'\n"),
5080 			     os->name);
5081 		  }
5082 		else
5083 		  {
5084 		    /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5085 		       at the end of the previous section.  */
5086 		    if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5087 		      lma = last->lma + last->size;
5088 
5089 		    /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5090 		       as the previous section.  */
5091 		    else
5092 		      lma = dot + last->lma - last->vma;
5093 
5094 		    if (section_alignment > 0)
5095 		      lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5096 		    os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5097 		  }
5098 	      }
5099 	    os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5100 
5101 	    if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5102 	      break;
5103 
5104 	    /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5105 	       lma region.  We use this to set the lma for
5106 	       following sections.  Overlays or other linker
5107 	       script assignment to lma might mean that the
5108 	       default lma == vma is incorrect.
5109 	       To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5110 	       -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5111 	       of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.  */
5112 	    if (((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
5113 		 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0)
5114 		&& (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5115 		&& (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5116 		    || (r->last_os == NULL
5117 			&& os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5118 		    || (r->last_os != NULL
5119 			&& dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5120 				   .bfd_section->vma)))
5121 		&& os->lma_region == NULL
5122 		&& !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5123 	      r->last_os = s;
5124 
5125 	    /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size.  */
5126 	    if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
5127 		|| (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
5128 		|| bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5129 	      dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5130 	    else
5131 	      dotdelta = 0;
5132 	    dot += dotdelta;
5133 
5134 	    if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5135 	      exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5136 
5137 	    /* Update dot in the region ?
5138 	       We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5139 	       since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5140 	       overall size in memory.  */
5141 	    if (os->region != NULL
5142 		&& (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5143 	      {
5144 		os->region->current = dot;
5145 
5146 		if (check_regions)
5147 		  /* Make sure the new address is within the region.  */
5148 		  os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5149 				   os->bfd_section->vma);
5150 
5151 		if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5152 		    && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
5153 			|| os->align_lma_with_input))
5154 		  {
5155 		    os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
5156 
5157 		    if (check_regions)
5158 		      os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5159 				       os->bfd_section->lma);
5160 		  }
5161 	      }
5162 	  }
5163 	  break;
5164 
5165 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5166 	  dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5167 				      output_section_statement,
5168 				      fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5169 	  break;
5170 
5171 	case lang_data_statement_enum:
5172 	  {
5173 	    unsigned int size = 0;
5174 
5175 	    s->data_statement.output_offset =
5176 	      dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5177 	    s->data_statement.output_section =
5178 	      output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5179 
5180 	    /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5181 	       need to mark them as needed.  */
5182 	    exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5183 
5184 	    switch (s->data_statement.type)
5185 	      {
5186 	      default:
5187 		abort ();
5188 	      case QUAD:
5189 	      case SQUAD:
5190 		size = QUAD_SIZE;
5191 		break;
5192 	      case LONG:
5193 		size = LONG_SIZE;
5194 		break;
5195 	      case SHORT:
5196 		size = SHORT_SIZE;
5197 		break;
5198 	      case BYTE:
5199 		size = BYTE_SIZE;
5200 		break;
5201 	      }
5202 	    if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5203 	      size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5204 	    dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5205 	    output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5206 	      = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5207 
5208 	  }
5209 	  break;
5210 
5211 	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5212 	  {
5213 	    int size;
5214 
5215 	    s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
5216 	      dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5217 	    s->reloc_statement.output_section =
5218 	      output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5219 	    size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
5220 	    dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5221 	    output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5222 	      = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5223 	  }
5224 	  break;
5225 
5226 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5227 	  dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
5228 				      output_section_statement,
5229 				      fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5230 	  break;
5231 
5232 	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5233 	  link_info.create_object_symbols_section =
5234 	    output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5235 	  break;
5236 
5237 	case lang_output_statement_enum:
5238 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
5239 	  break;
5240 
5241 	case lang_input_section_enum:
5242 	  {
5243 	    asection *i;
5244 
5245 	    i = s->input_section.section;
5246 	    if (relax)
5247 	      {
5248 		bfd_boolean again;
5249 
5250 		if (! bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
5251 		  einfo (_("%P%F: can't relax section: %E\n"));
5252 		if (again)
5253 		  *relax = TRUE;
5254 	      }
5255 	    dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
5256 				      fill, dot);
5257 	  }
5258 	  break;
5259 
5260 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
5261 	  break;
5262 
5263 	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5264 	  s->fill_statement.output_section =
5265 	    output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5266 
5267 	  fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5268 	  break;
5269 
5270 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5271 	  {
5272 	    bfd_vma newdot = dot;
5273 	    etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
5274 
5275 	    expld.dataseg.relro = exp_dataseg_relro_none;
5276 
5277 	    exp_fold_tree (tree,
5278 			   output_section_statement->bfd_section,
5279 			   &newdot);
5280 
5281 	    if (expld.dataseg.relro == exp_dataseg_relro_start)
5282 	      {
5283 		if (!expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat)
5284 		  expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat = s;
5285 		else
5286 		  {
5287 		    ASSERT (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat == s);
5288 		  }
5289 	      }
5290 	    else if (expld.dataseg.relro == exp_dataseg_relro_end)
5291 	      {
5292 		if (!expld.dataseg.relro_end_stat)
5293 		  expld.dataseg.relro_end_stat = s;
5294 		else
5295 		  {
5296 		    ASSERT (expld.dataseg.relro_end_stat == s);
5297 		  }
5298 	      }
5299 	    expld.dataseg.relro = exp_dataseg_relro_none;
5300 
5301 	    /* This symbol may be relative to this section.  */
5302 	    if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
5303 		 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
5304 		&& (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
5305 		    || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
5306 	      output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
5307 
5308 	    if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
5309 	      {
5310 		if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
5311 		  {
5312 		    /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
5313 		       the default memory address.  */
5314 		    lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
5315 					       FALSE)->current = newdot;
5316 		  }
5317 		else if (newdot != dot)
5318 		  {
5319 		    /* Insert a pad after this statement.  We can't
5320 		       put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
5321 		       assignment references dot.  */
5322 		    insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
5323 				output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
5324 
5325 		    /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing.  */
5326 		    s = s->header.next;
5327 
5328 		    /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
5329 		       should have space allocated to it, unless the
5330 		       user has explicitly stated that the section
5331 		       should not be allocated.  */
5332 		    if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
5333 			&& (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
5334 			    || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5335 				== bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
5336 		      output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
5337 		  }
5338 		dot = newdot;
5339 	      }
5340 	  }
5341 	  break;
5342 
5343 	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5344 	  /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
5345 	     we won't have any padding statements.  If this is the
5346 	     second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
5347 	     padding to shrink.  If padding is needed on this pass, it
5348 	     will be added back in.  */
5349 	  s->padding_statement.size = 0;
5350 
5351 	  /* Make sure output_offset is valid.  If relaxation shrinks
5352 	     the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
5353 	     have output_offset larger than the final size of the
5354 	     section.  bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
5355 	     a pad size of zero.  */
5356 	  s->padding_statement.output_offset
5357 	    = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5358 	  break;
5359 
5360 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
5361 	  dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
5362 				      output_section_statement,
5363 				      fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5364 	  break;
5365 
5366 	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5367 	  break;
5368 
5369 	  /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on.  */
5370 	case lang_address_statement_enum:
5371 	  break;
5372 
5373 	default:
5374 	  FAIL ();
5375 	  break;
5376 	}
5377       prev = &s->header.next;
5378     }
5379   return dot;
5380 }
5381 
5382 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
5383    The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
5384    CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
5385    segments.  We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision.  */
5386 
5387 bfd_boolean
5388 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info * info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5389 				    bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5390 				    asection * current_section,
5391 				    asection * previous_section,
5392 				    bfd_boolean new_segment)
5393 {
5394   lang_output_section_statement_type * cur;
5395   lang_output_section_statement_type * prev;
5396 
5397   /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
5398      that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment.  */
5399   if (new_segment)
5400     return TRUE;
5401 
5402   /* Paranoia checks.  */
5403   if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
5404     return new_segment;
5405 
5406   /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
5407      sections comingled in the same segment.  */
5408   if (config.separate_code
5409       && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
5410     return TRUE;
5411 
5412   /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
5413      We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
5414      of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
5415      we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster.  */
5416   cur  = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
5417   prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
5418 
5419   /* More paranoia.  */
5420   if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
5421     return new_segment;
5422 
5423   /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
5424      different segments.  See the email thread starting at the following
5425      URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
5426      http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html  */
5427   return cur->region != prev->region;
5428 }
5429 
5430 void
5431 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5432 {
5433   lang_statement_iteration++;
5434   lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
5435 			0, 0, relax, check_regions);
5436 }
5437 
5438 void
5439 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5440 {
5441   expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
5442   expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_none;
5443 
5444   one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5445   if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_dataseg_end_seen
5446       && link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5447     {
5448       bfd_vma initial_base, relro_end, desired_end;
5449       asection *sec;
5450 
5451       /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO segment end.  */
5452       relro_end = ((expld.dataseg.relro_end + expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1)
5453 		   & ~(expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1));
5454 
5455       /* Adjust by the offset arg of DATA_SEGMENT_RELRO_END.  */
5456       desired_end = relro_end - expld.dataseg.relro_offset;
5457 
5458       /* For sections in the relro segment..  */
5459       for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
5460 	if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5461 	    && sec->vma >= expld.dataseg.base
5462 	    && sec->vma < expld.dataseg.relro_end - expld.dataseg.relro_offset)
5463 	  {
5464 	    /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
5465 	       desired?  */
5466 	    bfd_vma start, end, bump;
5467 
5468 	    end = start = sec->vma;
5469 	    if ((sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
5470 		|| (sec->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0)
5471 	      end += sec->size;
5472 	    bump = desired_end - end;
5473 	    /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
5474 	       alignment so the increase might be less than optimum.  */
5475 	    start += bump;
5476 	    start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
5477 	    /* This is now the desired end for the previous section.  */
5478 	    desired_end = start;
5479 	  }
5480 
5481       expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_relro_adjust;
5482       ASSERT (desired_end >= expld.dataseg.base);
5483       initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
5484       expld.dataseg.base = desired_end;
5485       lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5486       one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5487 
5488       if (expld.dataseg.relro_end > relro_end)
5489 	{
5490 	  /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a
5491 	     user script have increased padding over the original.
5492 	     Revert.  */
5493 	  expld.dataseg.base = initial_base;
5494 	  lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5495 	  one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5496 	}
5497 
5498       link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
5499       link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
5500     }
5501   else if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_dataseg_end_seen)
5502     {
5503       /* If DATA_SEGMENT_ALIGN DATA_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
5504 	 a page could be saved in the data segment.  */
5505       bfd_vma first, last;
5506 
5507       first = -expld.dataseg.base & (expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1);
5508       last = expld.dataseg.end & (expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1);
5509       if (first && last
5510 	  && ((expld.dataseg.base & ~(expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1))
5511 	      != (expld.dataseg.end & ~(expld.dataseg.pagesize - 1)))
5512 	  && first + last <= expld.dataseg.pagesize)
5513 	{
5514 	  expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_adjust;
5515 	  lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5516 	  one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5517 	}
5518       else
5519 	expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_done;
5520     }
5521   else
5522     expld.dataseg.phase = exp_dataseg_done;
5523 }
5524 
5525 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
5526 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
5527 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
5528 
5529 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments.  Recursiveness goes here.  */
5530 
5531 static bfd_vma
5532 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5533 		       lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
5534 		       fill_type *fill,
5535 		       bfd_vma dot,
5536 		       bfd_boolean *found_end)
5537 {
5538   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5539     {
5540       switch (s->header.type)
5541 	{
5542 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5543 	  dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
5544 				       current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5545 	  break;
5546 
5547 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5548 	  {
5549 	    lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5550 
5551 	    os = &(s->output_section_statement);
5552 	    os->after_end = *found_end;
5553 	    if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
5554 	      {
5555 		if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5556 		  {
5557 		    current_section = os;
5558 		    prefer_next_section = FALSE;
5559 		  }
5560 		dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5561 
5562 		lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
5563 				       os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
5564 
5565 		/* .tbss sections effectively have zero size.  */
5566 		if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
5567 		    || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0
5568 		    || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5569 		  dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5570 
5571 		if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
5572 		  exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5573 	      }
5574 	  }
5575 	  break;
5576 
5577 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5578 
5579 	  dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
5580 				       current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5581 	  break;
5582 
5583 	case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5584 	case lang_output_statement_enum:
5585 	case lang_target_statement_enum:
5586 	  break;
5587 
5588 	case lang_data_statement_enum:
5589 	  exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5590 	  if (expld.result.valid_p)
5591 	    {
5592 	      s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
5593 	      if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5594 		s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
5595 	    }
5596 	  else
5597 	    einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
5598 	  {
5599 	    unsigned int size;
5600 	    switch (s->data_statement.type)
5601 	      {
5602 	      default:
5603 		abort ();
5604 	      case QUAD:
5605 	      case SQUAD:
5606 		size = QUAD_SIZE;
5607 		break;
5608 	      case LONG:
5609 		size = LONG_SIZE;
5610 		break;
5611 	      case SHORT:
5612 		size = SHORT_SIZE;
5613 		break;
5614 	      case BYTE:
5615 		size = BYTE_SIZE;
5616 		break;
5617 	      }
5618 	    if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5619 	      size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5620 	    dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5621 	  }
5622 	  break;
5623 
5624 	case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5625 	  exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
5626 			 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5627 	  if (expld.result.valid_p)
5628 	    s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
5629 	  else
5630 	    einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
5631 	  dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
5632 	  break;
5633 
5634 	case lang_input_section_enum:
5635 	  {
5636 	    asection *in = s->input_section.section;
5637 
5638 	    if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
5639 	      dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
5640 	  }
5641 	  break;
5642 
5643 	case lang_input_statement_enum:
5644 	  break;
5645 
5646 	case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5647 	  fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5648 	  break;
5649 
5650 	case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5651 	  current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
5652 	  if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
5653 	    {
5654 	      const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
5655 
5656 	      if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
5657 		prefer_next_section = TRUE;
5658 
5659 	      while (*p == '_')
5660 		++p;
5661 	      if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
5662 		*found_end = TRUE;
5663 	    }
5664 	  exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
5665 			 current_os->bfd_section,
5666 			 &dot);
5667 	  break;
5668 
5669 	case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5670 	  dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
5671 	  break;
5672 
5673 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
5674 	  dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
5675 				       current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5676 	  break;
5677 
5678 	case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5679 	  break;
5680 
5681 	case lang_address_statement_enum:
5682 	  break;
5683 
5684 	default:
5685 	  FAIL ();
5686 	  break;
5687 	}
5688     }
5689   return dot;
5690 }
5691 
5692 void
5693 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
5694 {
5695   bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
5696 
5697   current_section = NULL;
5698   prefer_next_section = FALSE;
5699   expld.phase = phase;
5700   lang_statement_iteration++;
5701   lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
5702 			 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
5703 }
5704 
5705 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
5706    choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
5707    of "dot".  */
5708 
5709 asection *
5710 section_for_dot (void)
5711 {
5712   asection *s;
5713 
5714   /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
5715      has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
5716      assignments belong to the next output section.  (The assumption
5717      is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
5718      next output section.)  Except that past the assignment to "_end"
5719      we always associate with the previous section.  This exception is
5720      for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
5721      weirdness after non-alloc sections.  */
5722   if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
5723     {
5724       lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
5725       lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5726 
5727       for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
5728 	   stmt != NULL;
5729 	   stmt = stmt->header.next)
5730 	if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
5731 	  break;
5732 
5733       os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
5734       while (os != NULL
5735 	     && !os->after_end
5736 	     && (os->bfd_section == NULL
5737 		 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
5738 		 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
5739 						   os->bfd_section)))
5740 	os = os->next;
5741 
5742       if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
5743 	{
5744 	  if (os != NULL)
5745 	    s = os->bfd_section;
5746 	  else
5747 	    s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
5748 	  while (s != NULL
5749 		 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5750 		     || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
5751 	    s = s->prev;
5752 	  if (s != NULL)
5753 	    return s;
5754 
5755 	  return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5756 	}
5757     }
5758 
5759   s = current_section->bfd_section;
5760 
5761   /* The section may have been stripped.  */
5762   while (s != NULL
5763 	 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
5764 	     || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5765 	     || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
5766 	     || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
5767     s = s->prev;
5768   if (s == NULL)
5769     s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
5770   while (s != NULL
5771 	 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
5772 	     || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
5773     s = s->next;
5774   if (s != NULL)
5775     return s;
5776 
5777   return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5778 }
5779 
5780 /* Fix any .startof. or .sizeof. symbols.  When the assemblers see the
5781    operator .startof. (section_name), it produces an undefined symbol
5782    .startof.section_name.  Similarly, when it sees
5783    .sizeof. (section_name), it produces an undefined symbol
5784    .sizeof.section_name.  For all the output sections, we look for
5785    such symbols, and set them to the correct value.  */
5786 
5787 static void
5788 lang_set_startof (void)
5789 {
5790   asection *s;
5791 
5792   if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5793     return;
5794 
5795   for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5796     {
5797       const char *secname;
5798       char *buf;
5799       struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
5800 
5801       secname = bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd, s);
5802       buf = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
5803 
5804       sprintf (buf, ".startof.%s", secname);
5805       h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, buf, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
5806       if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5807 	{
5808 	  h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5809 	  h->u.def.value = 0;
5810 	  h->u.def.section = s;
5811 	}
5812 
5813       sprintf (buf, ".sizeof.%s", secname);
5814       h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, buf, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
5815       if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5816 	{
5817 	  h->type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5818 	  h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (s->size);
5819 	  h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5820 	}
5821 
5822       free (buf);
5823     }
5824 }
5825 
5826 static void
5827 lang_end (void)
5828 {
5829   struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
5830   bfd_boolean warn;
5831 
5832   if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
5833       || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
5834     warn = entry_from_cmdline;
5835   else
5836     warn = TRUE;
5837 
5838   /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
5839      --gc-sections.  */
5840   if (link_info.gc_sections && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5841       && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
5842     einfo (_("%P%F: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
5843 	     "an undefined symbol\n"));
5844 
5845   if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
5846     {
5847       /* No entry has been specified.  Look for the default entry, but
5848 	 don't warn if we don't find it.  */
5849       entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
5850       warn = FALSE;
5851     }
5852 
5853   h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
5854 			    FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
5855   if (h != NULL
5856       && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5857 	  || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5858       && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
5859     {
5860       bfd_vma val;
5861 
5862       val = (h->u.def.value
5863 	     + bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd,
5864 				    h->u.def.section->output_section)
5865 	     + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
5866       if (! bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
5867 	einfo (_("%P%F:%s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
5868     }
5869   else
5870     {
5871       bfd_vma val;
5872       const char *send;
5873 
5874       /* We couldn't find the entry symbol.  Try parsing it as a
5875 	 number.  */
5876       val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
5877       if (*send == '\0')
5878 	{
5879 	  if (! bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
5880 	    einfo (_("%P%F: can't set start address\n"));
5881 	}
5882       else
5883 	{
5884 	  asection *ts;
5885 
5886 	  /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number.  Use
5887 	     the first address in the text section.  */
5888 	  ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
5889 	  if (ts != NULL)
5890 	    {
5891 	      if (warn)
5892 		einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
5893 			 " defaulting to %V\n"),
5894 		       entry_symbol.name,
5895 		       bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts));
5896 	      if (!(bfd_set_start_address
5897 		    (link_info.output_bfd,
5898 		     bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts))))
5899 		einfo (_("%P%F: can't set start address\n"));
5900 	    }
5901 	  else
5902 	    {
5903 	      if (warn)
5904 		einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
5905 			 " not setting start address\n"),
5906 		       entry_symbol.name);
5907 	    }
5908 	}
5909     }
5910 }
5911 
5912 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
5913    BFD.  */
5914 
5915 static void
5916 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *s ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, ...)
5917 {
5918   /* Don't do anything.  */
5919 }
5920 
5921 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
5922    with the output file.  Also call the backend to let it do any
5923    other checking that is needed.  */
5924 
5925 static void
5926 lang_check (void)
5927 {
5928   lang_statement_union_type *file;
5929   bfd *input_bfd;
5930   const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
5931 
5932   for (file = file_chain.head; file != NULL; file = file->input_statement.next)
5933     {
5934 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
5935       /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin.  */
5936       if (file->input_statement.flags.claimed)
5937 	continue;
5938 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
5939       input_bfd = file->input_statement.the_bfd;
5940       compatible
5941 	= bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
5942 				   command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
5943 
5944       /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
5945 	 link between differing object formats when the input
5946 	 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
5947 	 input format may not have equivalent representations in
5948 	 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
5949 	 relocs for other link purposes than a final link).  */
5950       if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5951 	   || link_info.emitrelocations)
5952 	  && (compatible == NULL
5953 	      || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
5954 		  != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
5955 	  && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
5956 	{
5957 	  einfo (_("%P%F: Relocatable linking with relocations from"
5958 		   " format %s (%B) to format %s (%B) is not supported\n"),
5959 		 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
5960 		 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
5961 	  /* einfo with %F exits.  */
5962 	}
5963 
5964       if (compatible == NULL)
5965 	{
5966 	  if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
5967 	    einfo (_("%P%X: %s architecture of input file `%B'"
5968 		     " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
5969 		   bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
5970 		   bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
5971 	}
5972       else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
5973 	{
5974 	  /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
5975 	     private data of the output bfd.  */
5976 
5977 	  bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
5978 
5979 	  /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
5980 	     files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
5981 	     function which will do nothing.  We still want to call
5982 	     bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
5983 	     information which is needed in the output file.  */
5984 	  if (! command_line.warn_mismatch)
5985 	    pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
5986 	  if (! bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd))
5987 	    {
5988 	      if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
5989 		einfo (_("%P%X: failed to merge target specific data"
5990 			 " of file %B\n"), input_bfd);
5991 	    }
5992 	  if (! command_line.warn_mismatch)
5993 	    bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
5994 	}
5995     }
5996 }
5997 
5998 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
5999    correct section.  The -sort-common command line switch may be used
6000    to roughly sort the entries by alignment.  */
6001 
6002 static void
6003 lang_common (void)
6004 {
6005   if (command_line.inhibit_common_definition)
6006     return;
6007   if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6008       && ! command_line.force_common_definition)
6009     return;
6010 
6011   if (! config.sort_common)
6012     bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
6013   else
6014     {
6015       unsigned int power;
6016 
6017       if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
6018 	{
6019 	  for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
6020 	    bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6021 
6022 	  power = 0;
6023 	  bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6024 	}
6025       else
6026 	{
6027 	  for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
6028 	    bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6029 
6030 	  power = (unsigned int) -1;
6031 	  bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6032 	}
6033     }
6034 }
6035 
6036 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section.  */
6037 
6038 static bfd_boolean
6039 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
6040 {
6041   unsigned int power_of_two;
6042   bfd_vma size;
6043   asection *section;
6044 
6045   if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
6046     return TRUE;
6047 
6048   size = h->u.c.size;
6049   power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
6050 
6051   if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
6052       && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
6053     return TRUE;
6054   else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
6055 	   && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
6056     return TRUE;
6057 
6058   section = h->u.c.p->section;
6059   if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
6060     einfo (_("%P%F: Could not define common symbol `%T': %E\n"),
6061 	   h->root.string);
6062 
6063   if (config.map_file != NULL)
6064     {
6065       static bfd_boolean header_printed;
6066       int len;
6067       char *name;
6068       char buf[50];
6069 
6070       if (! header_printed)
6071 	{
6072 	  minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
6073 	  minfo (_("Common symbol       size              file\n\n"));
6074 	  header_printed = TRUE;
6075 	}
6076 
6077       name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
6078 			   DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
6079       if (name == NULL)
6080 	{
6081 	  minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
6082 	  len = strlen (h->root.string);
6083 	}
6084       else
6085 	{
6086 	  minfo ("%s", name);
6087 	  len = strlen (name);
6088 	  free (name);
6089 	}
6090 
6091       if (len >= 19)
6092 	{
6093 	  print_nl ();
6094 	  len = 0;
6095 	}
6096       while (len < 20)
6097 	{
6098 	  print_space ();
6099 	  ++len;
6100 	}
6101 
6102       minfo ("0x");
6103       if (size <= 0xffffffff)
6104 	sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
6105       else
6106 	sprintf_vma (buf, size);
6107       minfo ("%s", buf);
6108       len = strlen (buf);
6109 
6110       while (len < 16)
6111 	{
6112 	  print_space ();
6113 	  ++len;
6114 	}
6115 
6116       minfo ("%B\n", section->owner);
6117     }
6118 
6119   return TRUE;
6120 }
6121 
6122 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
6123    output section.  The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
6124    option are handled here.  */
6125 
6126 static void
6127 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
6128 {
6129   if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
6130     {
6131       lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6132       os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
6133 						 TRUE);
6134       if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6135 	  && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6136 	      || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6137 	os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6138       lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6139     }
6140   else
6141     {
6142       lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6143       const char *name = s->name;
6144       int constraint = 0;
6145 
6146       if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
6147 	einfo ("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%A' from `%B'.\n",
6148 	       s, s->owner);
6149 
6150       if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
6151 	constraint = SPECIAL;
6152 
6153       os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
6154       if (os == NULL)
6155 	{
6156 	  os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
6157 	  if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6158 	      && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6159 		  || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6160 	    os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6161 	  lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6162 	}
6163 
6164       if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
6165 	einfo ("%P: warning: orphan section `%A' from `%B' being "
6166 	       "placed in section `%s'.\n",
6167 	       s, s->owner, os->name);
6168     }
6169 }
6170 
6171 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
6172    somewhere to go.  If one is found without a destination then create
6173    an input request and place it into the statement tree.  */
6174 
6175 static void
6176 lang_place_orphans (void)
6177 {
6178   LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
6179     {
6180       asection *s;
6181 
6182       for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6183 	{
6184 	  if (s->output_section == NULL)
6185 	    {
6186 	      /* This section of the file is not attached, root
6187 		 around for a sensible place for it to go.  */
6188 
6189 	      if (file->flags.just_syms)
6190 		bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
6191 	      else if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
6192 		s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6193 	      else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
6194 		{
6195 		  /* This is a lonely common section which must have
6196 		     come from an archive.  We attach to the section
6197 		     with the wildcard.  */
6198 		  if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6199 		      || command_line.force_common_definition)
6200 		    {
6201 		      if (default_common_section == NULL)
6202 			default_common_section
6203 			  = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
6204 								  TRUE);
6205 		      lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
6206 					NULL, default_common_section);
6207 		    }
6208 		}
6209 	      else
6210 		ldlang_place_orphan (s);
6211 	    }
6212 	}
6213     }
6214 }
6215 
6216 void
6217 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
6218 {
6219   flagword *ptr_flags;
6220 
6221   ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6222 
6223   while (*flags)
6224     {
6225       switch (*flags)
6226 	{
6227 	  /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
6228 	     the sense of any of the attributes that follow.  */
6229 	case '!':
6230 	  invert = ! invert;
6231 	  ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6232 	  break;
6233 
6234 	case 'A': case 'a':
6235 	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6236 	  break;
6237 
6238 	case 'R': case 'r':
6239 	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6240 	  break;
6241 
6242 	case 'W': case 'w':
6243 	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
6244 	  break;
6245 
6246 	case 'X': case 'x':
6247 	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
6248 	  break;
6249 
6250 	case 'L': case 'l':
6251 	case 'I': case 'i':
6252 	  *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
6253 	  break;
6254 
6255 	default:
6256 	  einfo (_("%P%F: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"), * flags, * flags);
6257 	  break;
6258 	}
6259       flags++;
6260     }
6261 }
6262 
6263 /* Call a function on each input file.  This function will be called
6264    on an archive, but not on the elements.  */
6265 
6266 void
6267 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6268 {
6269   lang_input_statement_type *f;
6270 
6271   for (f = (lang_input_statement_type *) input_file_chain.head;
6272        f != NULL;
6273        f = (lang_input_statement_type *) f->next_real_file)
6274     func (f);
6275 }
6276 
6277 /* Call a function on each file.  The function will be called on all
6278    the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but will
6279    not be called on the archive file itself.  */
6280 
6281 void
6282 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6283 {
6284   LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6285     {
6286       func (f);
6287     }
6288 }
6289 
6290 void
6291 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
6292 {
6293   lang_statement_append (&file_chain,
6294 			 (lang_statement_union_type *) entry,
6295 			 &entry->next);
6296 
6297   /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
6298      a link.  */
6299   ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
6300   ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
6301 
6302   *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
6303   link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
6304   entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
6305   bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
6306 
6307   /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
6308      included in the link.  We need to do this now, so that we can
6309      notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
6310      definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
6311      going to link.  FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
6312      symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
6313      discarded.  This would require modifying the backend linker for
6314      each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag.  If we do
6315      this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way.  */
6316 
6317   bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
6318 }
6319 
6320 void
6321 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
6322 {
6323   /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script.  */
6324   if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
6325     {
6326       output_filename = name;
6327       had_output_filename = TRUE;
6328     }
6329 }
6330 
6331 static int
6332 topower (int x)
6333 {
6334   unsigned int i = 1;
6335   int l;
6336 
6337   if (x < 0)
6338     return -1;
6339 
6340   for (l = 0; l < 32; l++)
6341     {
6342       if (i >= (unsigned int) x)
6343 	return l;
6344       i <<= 1;
6345     }
6346 
6347   return 0;
6348 }
6349 
6350 lang_output_section_statement_type *
6351 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
6352 				     etree_type *address_exp,
6353 				     enum section_type sectype,
6354 				     etree_type *align,
6355 				     etree_type *subalign,
6356 				     etree_type *ebase,
6357 				     int constraint,
6358 				     int align_with_input)
6359 {
6360   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6361 
6362   os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
6363 					     constraint, TRUE);
6364   current_section = os;
6365 
6366   if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
6367     {
6368       os->addr_tree = address_exp;
6369     }
6370   os->sectype = sectype;
6371   if (sectype != noload_section)
6372     os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6373   else
6374     os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
6375   os->block_value = 1;
6376 
6377   /* Make next things chain into subchain of this.  */
6378   push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
6379 
6380   os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
6381   if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
6382     einfo (_("%F%P:%S: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"), NULL);
6383 
6384   os->subsection_alignment =
6385     topower (exp_get_value_int (subalign, -1, "subsection alignment"));
6386   os->section_alignment =
6387     topower (exp_get_value_int (align, -1, "section alignment"));
6388 
6389   os->load_base = ebase;
6390   return os;
6391 }
6392 
6393 void
6394 lang_final (void)
6395 {
6396   lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
6397 
6398   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
6399   new_stmt->name = output_filename;
6400 }
6401 
6402 /* Reset the current counters in the regions.  */
6403 
6404 void
6405 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
6406 {
6407   lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
6408   asection *o;
6409   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6410 
6411   for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
6412     {
6413       p->current = p->origin;
6414       p->last_os = NULL;
6415     }
6416 
6417   for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
6418        os != NULL;
6419        os = os->next)
6420     {
6421       os->processed_vma = FALSE;
6422       os->processed_lma = FALSE;
6423     }
6424 
6425   for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
6426     {
6427       /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section.  */
6428       o->rawsize = o->size;
6429       o->size = 0;
6430     }
6431 }
6432 
6433 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1.  */
6434 
6435 static void
6436 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
6437 		     struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6438 		     asection *section,
6439 		     struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6440 		     lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6441 		     void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6442 {
6443   /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
6444      should be as well.  */
6445   if (ptr->keep_sections)
6446     section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
6447 }
6448 
6449 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC.  */
6450 
6451 static void
6452 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
6453 {
6454   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6455     {
6456       switch (s->header.type)
6457 	{
6458 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6459 	  walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
6460 	  break;
6461 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6462 	  lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
6463 	  break;
6464 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6465 	  lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
6466 	  break;
6467 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
6468 	  lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
6469 	  break;
6470 	default:
6471 	  break;
6472 	}
6473     }
6474 }
6475 
6476 static void
6477 lang_gc_sections (void)
6478 {
6479   /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script.  */
6480 
6481   lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
6482 
6483   /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
6484      the special case of debug info.  (See bfd/stabs.c)
6485      Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code.  */
6486   if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6487     {
6488       LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6489 	{
6490 	  asection *sec;
6491 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6492 	  if (f->flags.claimed)
6493 	    continue;
6494 #endif
6495 	  for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
6496 	    if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
6497 	      sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
6498 	}
6499     }
6500 
6501   if (link_info.gc_sections)
6502     bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
6503 }
6504 
6505 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1.  */
6506 
6507 static void
6508 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6509 			     struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6510 			     asection *section,
6511 			     struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6512 			     lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6513 			     void *data)
6514 {
6515   /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
6516      size.  */
6517   if (section->output_section != NULL
6518       && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
6519       && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
6520       && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
6521       && section->size != 0)
6522     {
6523       bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
6524       *has_relro_section = TRUE;
6525     }
6526 }
6527 
6528 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections.  */
6529 
6530 static void
6531 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
6532 			    bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
6533 {
6534   if (*has_relro_section)
6535     return;
6536 
6537   for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6538     {
6539       if (s == expld.dataseg.relro_end_stat)
6540 	break;
6541 
6542       switch (s->header.type)
6543 	{
6544 	case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6545 	  walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
6546 		     find_relro_section_callback,
6547 		     has_relro_section);
6548 	  break;
6549 	case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6550 	  lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
6551 				      has_relro_section);
6552 	  break;
6553 	case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6554 	  lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
6555 				      has_relro_section);
6556 	  break;
6557 	case lang_group_statement_enum:
6558 	  lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6559 				      has_relro_section);
6560 	  break;
6561 	default:
6562 	  break;
6563 	}
6564     }
6565 }
6566 
6567 static void
6568 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
6569 {
6570   bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
6571 
6572   /* Check all sections in the link script.  */
6573 
6574   lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
6575 			      &has_relro_section);
6576 
6577   if (!has_relro_section)
6578     link_info.relro = FALSE;
6579 }
6580 
6581 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up.  */
6582 
6583 void
6584 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
6585 {
6586   if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
6587     {
6588       /* We may need more than one relaxation pass.  */
6589       int i = link_info.relax_pass;
6590 
6591       /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass.  */
6592       link_info.relax_pass = 0;
6593 
6594       while (i--)
6595 	{
6596 	  /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up.  */
6597 	  bfd_boolean relax_again;
6598 
6599 	  link_info.relax_trip = -1;
6600 	  do
6601 	    {
6602 	      link_info.relax_trip++;
6603 
6604 	      /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also.  If you find
6605 		 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
6606 		 pe-dll.c also.  DJ  */
6607 
6608 	      /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
6609 		 section sizes.  */
6610 	      lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
6611 
6612 	      /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
6613 		 size.  */
6614 	      lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6615 
6616 	      /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
6617 		 globals are, so can make a better guess.  */
6618 	      relax_again = FALSE;
6619 	      lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
6620 	    }
6621 	  while (relax_again);
6622 
6623 	  link_info.relax_pass++;
6624 	}
6625       need_layout = TRUE;
6626     }
6627 
6628   if (need_layout)
6629     {
6630       /* Final extra sizing to report errors.  */
6631       lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
6632       lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6633       lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
6634     }
6635 }
6636 
6637 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6638 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files.  We
6639    place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
6640    first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
6641    object file immediately preceding the archive.  In the event
6642    no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
6643    object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
6644    the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
6645    is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
6646    input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
6647    inserted at the head of the file_chain.  */
6648 
6649 static lang_input_statement_type *
6650 find_replacements_insert_point (void)
6651 {
6652   lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
6653   lastobject = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
6654   for (claim1 = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
6655        claim1 != NULL;
6656        claim1 = &claim1->next->input_statement)
6657     {
6658       if (claim1->flags.claimed)
6659 	return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
6660       /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file.  */
6661       if (claim1->the_bfd && (claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL))
6662 	lastobject = claim1;
6663     }
6664   /* No files were claimed by the plugin.  Choose the last object
6665      file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
6666      insert point.  */
6667   return lastobject;
6668 }
6669 
6670 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
6671    on FIELD as the next-pointer.  (Counterintuitively does not need
6672    a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.)  */
6673 
6674 static void
6675 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
6676 			lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
6677 			lang_statement_union_type **field)
6678 {
6679   *(srclist->tail) = *field;
6680   *field = srclist->head;
6681   if (destlist->tail == field)
6682     destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
6683 }
6684 
6685 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
6686    was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST.  */
6687 
6688 static void
6689 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
6690 		       lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
6691 {
6692   union lang_statement_union **savetail;
6693   /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST.  */
6694   ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
6695   savetail = origlist->tail;
6696   origlist->head = *(savetail);
6697   origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
6698   destlist->tail = savetail;
6699   *savetail = NULL;
6700 }
6701 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6702 
6703 void
6704 lang_process (void)
6705 {
6706   /* Finalize dynamic list.  */
6707   if (link_info.dynamic_list)
6708     lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
6709 
6710   current_target = default_target;
6711 
6712   /* Open the output file.  */
6713   lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
6714   init_opb ();
6715 
6716   ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
6717 
6718   /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line.  */
6719   lang_place_undefineds ();
6720 
6721   if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
6722     einfo (_("%P%F: Failed to create hash table\n"));
6723 
6724   /* Create a bfd for each input file.  */
6725   current_target = default_target;
6726   open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
6727 
6728 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6729   if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
6730     {
6731       lang_statement_list_type added;
6732       lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
6733 
6734       /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
6735 	 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
6736 	 emulation's after_open hook.  We create a private list of
6737 	 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
6738 	 insert into the global statment list after the first claimed
6739 	 file.  */
6740       added = *stat_ptr;
6741       /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony.  */
6742       files = file_chain;
6743       inputfiles = input_file_chain;
6744       if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
6745 	einfo (_("%P%F: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
6746 	       plugin_error_plugin ());
6747       /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains.  */
6748       open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
6749       /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added.  */
6750       lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
6751       /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists.  */
6752       lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
6753       lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
6754       /* Were any new files added?  */
6755       if (added.head != NULL)
6756 	{
6757 	  /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
6758 	     after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin.  */
6759 	  plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point ();
6760 	  /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
6761 	     don't really have a good idea where to place them.  Just putting
6762 	     them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
6763 	     outside the crtbegin...crtend range.  */
6764 	  ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
6765 	  /* Splice the new statement list into the old one.  */
6766 	  lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added,
6767 				  &plugin_insert->header.next);
6768 	  /* Likewise for the file chains.  */
6769 	  lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
6770 				  &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
6771 	  /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
6772 	     insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
6773 	     point chosen is the dummy first input file.  */
6774 	  if (plugin_insert->filename)
6775 	    lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &plugin_insert->next);
6776 	  else
6777 	    lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
6778 
6779 	  /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared.  */
6780 	  open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
6781 	}
6782     }
6783 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6784 
6785   link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
6786   if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6787     link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
6788   if (link_info.init_function != NULL)
6789     {
6790       struct bfd_sym_chain *sym
6791 	= (struct bfd_sym_chain *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
6792       sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
6793       sym->name = link_info.init_function;
6794       link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
6795     }
6796   if (link_info.fini_function != NULL)
6797     {
6798       struct bfd_sym_chain *sym
6799 	= (struct bfd_sym_chain *) stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
6800       sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
6801       sym->name = link_info.fini_function;
6802       link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
6803     }
6804 
6805   ldemul_after_open ();
6806   if (config.map_file != NULL)
6807     lang_print_asneeded ();
6808 
6809   bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
6810 
6811   /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures.  We call this
6812      after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
6813      other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
6814      does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
6815      link.  */
6816   lang_check ();
6817 
6818   /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so.  */
6819   if (command_line.version_exports_section)
6820     lang_do_version_exports_section ();
6821 
6822   /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
6823      files.  */
6824   ldctor_build_sets ();
6825 
6826   /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
6827      collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved.  */
6828   lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
6829 
6830   lang_do_memory_regions();
6831   expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
6832 
6833   /* Size up the common data.  */
6834   lang_common ();
6835 
6836   /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to.  */
6837   lang_gc_sections ();
6838 
6839   /* Update wild statements.  */
6840   update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
6841 
6842   /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
6843      to the correct output sections.  */
6844   lang_statement_iteration++;
6845   map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
6846 
6847   process_insert_statements ();
6848 
6849   /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them.  */
6850   lang_place_orphans ();
6851 
6852   if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6853     {
6854       asection *found;
6855 
6856       /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections.  This has to be done after GC of
6857 	 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
6858 	 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
6859 	 is hard then.  */
6860       bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
6861 
6862       /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it.  */
6863       found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
6864 
6865       if (found != NULL)
6866 	{
6867 	  if (config.text_read_only)
6868 	    found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6869 	  else
6870 	    found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
6871 	}
6872     }
6873 
6874   /* Do anything special before sizing sections.  This is where ELF
6875      and other back-ends size dynamic sections.  */
6876   ldemul_before_allocation ();
6877 
6878   /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
6879      section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS.  */
6880   lang_record_phdrs ();
6881 
6882   /* Check relro sections.  */
6883   if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6884     lang_find_relro_sections ();
6885 
6886   /* Size up the sections.  */
6887   lang_size_sections (NULL, ! RELAXATION_ENABLED);
6888 
6889   /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
6890      everything is.  This is where relaxation is done.  */
6891   ldemul_after_allocation ();
6892 
6893   /* Fix any .startof. or .sizeof. symbols.  */
6894   lang_set_startof ();
6895 
6896   /* Do all the assignments, now that we know the final resting places
6897      of all the symbols.  */
6898   lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
6899 
6900   ldemul_finish ();
6901 
6902   /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative.  */
6903   ldexp_finalize_syms ();
6904 
6905   /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense.  */
6906   if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
6907     lang_check_section_addresses ();
6908 
6909   /* Check any required symbols are known.  */
6910   ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
6911 
6912   lang_end ();
6913 }
6914 
6915 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
6916 
6917 void
6918 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
6919 	       struct wildcard_list *section_list,
6920 	       bfd_boolean keep_sections)
6921 {
6922   struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
6923   lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
6924 
6925   /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front.  */
6926   for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
6927        curr != NULL;
6928        section_list = curr, curr = next)
6929     {
6930       if (curr->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (curr->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
6931 	placed_commons = TRUE;
6932 
6933       next = curr->next;
6934       curr->next = section_list;
6935     }
6936 
6937   if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
6938     {
6939       if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
6940 	filespec->name = NULL;
6941       else if (! wildcardp (filespec->name))
6942 	lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
6943     }
6944 
6945   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
6946   new_stmt->filename = NULL;
6947   new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
6948   new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
6949   if (filespec != NULL)
6950     {
6951       new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
6952       new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
6953       new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
6954     }
6955   new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
6956   new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
6957   lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
6958   analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
6959 }
6960 
6961 void
6962 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
6963 		    const segment_type *segment)
6964 {
6965   lang_address_statement_type *ad;
6966 
6967   ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
6968   ad->section_name = name;
6969   ad->address = address;
6970   ad->segment = segment;
6971 }
6972 
6973 /* Set the start symbol to NAME.  CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
6974    because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
6975    called by ENTRY in a linker script.  Command line arguments take
6976    precedence.  */
6977 
6978 void
6979 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
6980 {
6981   if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
6982       || cmdline
6983       || ! entry_from_cmdline)
6984     {
6985       entry_symbol.name = name;
6986       entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
6987     }
6988 }
6989 
6990 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME.  .em files should use this,
6991    not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
6992    linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point.  NAME
6993    must be permanently allocated.  */
6994 void
6995 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
6996 {
6997   entry_symbol_default = name;
6998 }
6999 
7000 void
7001 lang_add_target (const char *name)
7002 {
7003   lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
7004 
7005   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
7006   new_stmt->target = name;
7007 }
7008 
7009 void
7010 lang_add_map (const char *name)
7011 {
7012   while (*name)
7013     {
7014       switch (*name)
7015 	{
7016 	case 'F':
7017 	  map_option_f = TRUE;
7018 	  break;
7019 	}
7020       name++;
7021     }
7022 }
7023 
7024 void
7025 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
7026 {
7027   lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
7028 
7029   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
7030   new_stmt->fill = fill;
7031 }
7032 
7033 void
7034 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
7035 {
7036   lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
7037 
7038   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
7039   new_stmt->exp = exp;
7040   new_stmt->type = type;
7041 }
7042 
7043 /* Create a new reloc statement.  RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
7044    generate.  HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
7045    look this up, but the caller has already done so).  SECTION is the
7046    section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
7047    symbol to generate a reloc against.  Exactly one of SECTION and
7048    NAME must be NULL.  ADDEND is an expression for the addend.  */
7049 
7050 void
7051 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
7052 		reloc_howto_type *howto,
7053 		asection *section,
7054 		const char *name,
7055 		union etree_union *addend)
7056 {
7057   lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
7058 
7059   p->reloc = reloc;
7060   p->howto = howto;
7061   p->section = section;
7062   p->name = name;
7063   p->addend_exp = addend;
7064 
7065   p->addend_value = 0;
7066   p->output_section = NULL;
7067   p->output_offset = 0;
7068 }
7069 
7070 lang_assignment_statement_type *
7071 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
7072 {
7073   lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
7074 
7075   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
7076   new_stmt->exp = exp;
7077   return new_stmt;
7078 }
7079 
7080 void
7081 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
7082 {
7083   new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
7084 }
7085 
7086 void
7087 lang_startup (const char *name)
7088 {
7089   if (first_file->filename != NULL)
7090     {
7091       einfo (_("%P%F: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
7092     }
7093   first_file->filename = name;
7094   first_file->local_sym_name = name;
7095   first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
7096 }
7097 
7098 void
7099 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
7100 {
7101   lang_float_flag = maybe;
7102 }
7103 
7104 
7105 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
7106    store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
7107 
7108    MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
7109    DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
7110    LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
7111    statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
7112    had an explicit load address.
7113 
7114    It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address.  */
7115 
7116 static void
7117 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
7118 		  lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
7119 		  const char *memspec,
7120 		  const char *lma_memspec,
7121 		  bfd_boolean have_lma,
7122 		  bfd_boolean have_vma)
7123 {
7124   *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
7125 
7126   /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
7127      has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
7128      as well.  */
7129   if (lma_memspec != NULL
7130       && ! have_vma
7131       && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
7132     *region = *lma_region;
7133   else
7134     *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
7135 
7136   if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
7137     einfo (_("%X%P:%S: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
7138 	   NULL);
7139 }
7140 
7141 void
7142 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
7143 				     lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
7144 				     const char *lma_memspec)
7145 {
7146   lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
7147 		    &current_section->lma_region,
7148 		    memspec, lma_memspec,
7149 		    current_section->load_base != NULL,
7150 		    current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
7151 
7152   /* If this section has no load region or base, but uses the same
7153      region as the previous section, then propagate the previous
7154      section's load region.  */
7155 
7156   if (current_section->lma_region == NULL
7157       && current_section->load_base == NULL
7158       && current_section->addr_tree == NULL
7159       && current_section->region == current_section->prev->region)
7160     current_section->lma_region = current_section->prev->lma_region;
7161 
7162   current_section->fill = fill;
7163   current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
7164   pop_stat_ptr ();
7165 }
7166 
7167 void
7168 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
7169 		       lang_statement_union_type *element,
7170 		       lang_statement_union_type **field)
7171 {
7172   *(list->tail) = element;
7173   list->tail = field;
7174 }
7175 
7176 /* Set the output format type.  -oformat overrides scripts.  */
7177 
7178 void
7179 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
7180 			const char *big,
7181 			const char *little,
7182 			int from_script)
7183 {
7184   if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
7185     {
7186       if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
7187 	  && big != NULL)
7188 	format = big;
7189       else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
7190 	       && little != NULL)
7191 	format = little;
7192 
7193       output_target = format;
7194     }
7195 }
7196 
7197 void
7198 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
7199 {
7200   lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
7201 
7202   new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
7203   new_stmt->where = where;
7204   new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
7205   saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
7206 }
7207 
7208 /* Enter a group.  This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
7209    stat_ptr to build new statements within the group.  */
7210 
7211 void
7212 lang_enter_group (void)
7213 {
7214   lang_group_statement_type *g;
7215 
7216   g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
7217   lang_list_init (&g->children);
7218   push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
7219 }
7220 
7221 /* Leave a group.  This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
7222    regular list of statements again.  Note that this will not work if
7223    groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
7224    but currently they can't.  */
7225 
7226 void
7227 lang_leave_group (void)
7228 {
7229   pop_stat_ptr ();
7230 }
7231 
7232 /* Add a new program header.  This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
7233    command in a linker script.  */
7234 
7235 void
7236 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
7237 	       etree_type *type,
7238 	       bfd_boolean filehdr,
7239 	       bfd_boolean phdrs,
7240 	       etree_type *at,
7241 	       etree_type *flags)
7242 {
7243   struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
7244   bfd_boolean hdrs;
7245 
7246   n = (struct lang_phdr *) stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
7247   n->next = NULL;
7248   n->name = name;
7249   n->type = exp_get_value_int (type, 0, "program header type");
7250   n->filehdr = filehdr;
7251   n->phdrs = phdrs;
7252   n->at = at;
7253   n->flags = flags;
7254 
7255   hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
7256 
7257   for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
7258     if (hdrs
7259 	&& (*pp)->type == 1
7260 	&& !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
7261       {
7262 	einfo (_("%X%P:%S: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
7263 		 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
7264 	hdrs = FALSE;
7265       }
7266 
7267   *pp = n;
7268 }
7269 
7270 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD.  FIXME: We
7271    should not be calling an ELF specific function here.  */
7272 
7273 static void
7274 lang_record_phdrs (void)
7275 {
7276   unsigned int alc;
7277   asection **secs;
7278   lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
7279   struct lang_phdr *l;
7280   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7281 
7282   alc = 10;
7283   secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
7284   last = NULL;
7285 
7286   for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
7287     {
7288       unsigned int c;
7289       flagword flags;
7290       bfd_vma at;
7291 
7292       c = 0;
7293       for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7294 	   os != NULL;
7295 	   os = os->next)
7296 	{
7297 	  lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
7298 
7299 	  if (os->constraint < 0)
7300 	    continue;
7301 
7302 	  pl = os->phdrs;
7303 	  if (pl != NULL)
7304 	    last = pl;
7305 	  else
7306 	    {
7307 	      if (os->sectype == noload_section
7308 		  || os->bfd_section == NULL
7309 		  || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
7310 		continue;
7311 
7312 	      /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header.  */
7313 	      if (l->type == 3)
7314 		continue;
7315 
7316 	      if (last == NULL)
7317 		{
7318 		  lang_output_section_statement_type * tmp_os;
7319 
7320 		  /* If we have not run across a section with a program
7321 		     header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
7322 		     one.  This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
7323 		     behaviour when a script has specified just a single
7324 		     header and there are sections in that script which are
7325 		     not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
7326 		     use of that header. See here for more details:
7327 		     http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html  */
7328 		  for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
7329 		    if (tmp_os->phdrs)
7330 		      {
7331 			last = tmp_os->phdrs;
7332 			break;
7333 		      }
7334 		  if (last == NULL)
7335 		    einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
7336 		}
7337 	      pl = last;
7338 	    }
7339 
7340 	  if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
7341 	    continue;
7342 
7343 	  for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
7344 	    {
7345 	      if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
7346 		{
7347 		  if (c >= alc)
7348 		    {
7349 		      alc *= 2;
7350 		      secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
7351 						     alc * sizeof (asection *));
7352 		    }
7353 		  secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
7354 		  ++c;
7355 		  pl->used = TRUE;
7356 		}
7357 	    }
7358 	}
7359 
7360       if (l->flags == NULL)
7361 	flags = 0;
7362       else
7363 	flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
7364 
7365       if (l->at == NULL)
7366 	at = 0;
7367       else
7368 	at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
7369 
7370       if (! bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
7371 			     l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
7372 			     at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
7373 	einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
7374     }
7375 
7376   free (secs);
7377 
7378   /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded.  */
7379   for (os = &lang_output_section_statement.head->output_section_statement;
7380        os != NULL;
7381        os = os->next)
7382     {
7383       lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
7384 
7385       if (os->constraint < 0
7386 	  || os->bfd_section == NULL)
7387 	continue;
7388 
7389       for (pl = os->phdrs;
7390 	   pl != NULL;
7391 	   pl = pl->next)
7392 	if (! pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
7393 	  einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
7394 		 os->name, pl->name);
7395     }
7396 }
7397 
7398 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced.  */
7399 
7400 void
7401 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
7402 {
7403   struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
7404 
7405   n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
7406   n->next = nocrossref_list;
7407   n->list = l;
7408   nocrossref_list = n;
7409 
7410   /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols.  */
7411   link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
7412 }
7413 
7414 /* Overlay handling.  We handle overlays with some static variables.  */
7415 
7416 /* The overlay virtual address.  */
7417 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
7418 /* And subsection alignment.  */
7419 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
7420 
7421 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far.  */
7422 static etree_type *overlay_max;
7423 
7424 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay.  */
7425 
7426 struct overlay_list {
7427   struct overlay_list *next;
7428   lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7429 };
7430 
7431 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
7432 
7433 /* Start handling an overlay.  */
7434 
7435 void
7436 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
7437 {
7438   /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring.  */
7439   ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
7440 	  && overlay_subalign == NULL
7441 	  && overlay_max == NULL);
7442 
7443   overlay_vma = vma_expr;
7444   overlay_subalign = subalign;
7445 }
7446 
7447 /* Start a section in an overlay.  We handle this by calling
7448    lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
7449    lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions.  */
7450 
7451 void
7452 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
7453 {
7454   struct overlay_list *n;
7455   etree_type *size;
7456 
7457   lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
7458 				       0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
7459 
7460   /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
7461      sections on this one.  This will work correctly even if `.' is
7462      used in the addresses.  */
7463   if (overlay_list == NULL)
7464     overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
7465 
7466   /* Remember the section.  */
7467   n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
7468   n->os = current_section;
7469   n->next = overlay_list;
7470   overlay_list = n;
7471 
7472   size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
7473 
7474   /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address.  */
7475   if (overlay_max == NULL)
7476     overlay_max = size;
7477   else
7478     overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
7479 }
7480 
7481 /* Finish a section in an overlay.  There isn't any special to do
7482    here.  */
7483 
7484 void
7485 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
7486 			    lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
7487 {
7488   const char *name;
7489   char *clean, *s2;
7490   const char *s1;
7491   char *buf;
7492 
7493   name = current_section->name;
7494 
7495   /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
7496      region and that no load-time region has been specified.  It doesn't
7497      really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
7498      override it.  */
7499   lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
7500 
7501   /* Define the magic symbols.  */
7502 
7503   clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7504   s2 = clean;
7505   for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
7506     if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
7507       *s2++ = *s1;
7508   *s2 = '\0';
7509 
7510   buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
7511   sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
7512   lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
7513 				    exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
7514 				    FALSE));
7515 
7516   buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
7517   sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
7518   lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
7519 				    exp_binop ('+',
7520 					       exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
7521 					       exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
7522 				    FALSE));
7523 
7524   free (clean);
7525 }
7526 
7527 /* Finish an overlay.  If there are any overlay wide settings, this
7528    looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them.  */
7529 
7530 void
7531 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
7532 		    int nocrossrefs,
7533 		    fill_type *fill,
7534 		    const char *memspec,
7535 		    lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
7536 		    const char *lma_memspec)
7537 {
7538   lang_memory_region_type *region;
7539   lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
7540   struct overlay_list *l;
7541   lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
7542 
7543   lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
7544 		    memspec, lma_memspec,
7545 		    lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
7546 
7547   nocrossref = NULL;
7548 
7549   /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
7550      overlay region.  */
7551   if (overlay_list != NULL)
7552     {
7553       overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
7554       overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
7555 	= exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
7556     }
7557 
7558   l = overlay_list;
7559   while (l != NULL)
7560     {
7561       struct overlay_list *next;
7562 
7563       if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
7564 	l->os->fill = fill;
7565 
7566       l->os->region = region;
7567       l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
7568 
7569       /* The first section has the load address specified in the
7570 	 OVERLAY statement.  The rest are worked out from that.
7571 	 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
7572 	 an LMA region was specified.  */
7573       if (l->next == 0)
7574 	{
7575 	  l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
7576 	  l->os->sectype = normal_section;
7577 	}
7578       if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
7579 	l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
7580 
7581       if (nocrossrefs)
7582 	{
7583 	  lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
7584 
7585 	  nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
7586 	  nc->name = l->os->name;
7587 	  nc->next = nocrossref;
7588 	  nocrossref = nc;
7589 	}
7590 
7591       next = l->next;
7592       free (l);
7593       l = next;
7594     }
7595 
7596   if (nocrossref != NULL)
7597     lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
7598 
7599   overlay_vma = NULL;
7600   overlay_list = NULL;
7601   overlay_max = NULL;
7602 }
7603 
7604 /* Version handling.  This is only useful for ELF.  */
7605 
7606 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
7607    If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
7608    symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match).  */
7609 
7610 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
7611 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
7612 		 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
7613 		 const char *sym)
7614 {
7615   const char *c_sym;
7616   const char *cxx_sym = sym;
7617   const char *java_sym = sym;
7618   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
7619   enum demangling_styles curr_style;
7620 
7621   curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
7622   cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
7623   c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
7624   if (!c_sym)
7625     c_sym = sym;
7626   cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
7627 
7628   if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
7629     {
7630       cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
7631 			      DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
7632       if (!cxx_sym)
7633 	cxx_sym = sym;
7634     }
7635   if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
7636     {
7637       java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
7638       if (!java_sym)
7639 	java_sym = sym;
7640     }
7641 
7642   if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
7643     {
7644       struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
7645 
7646       switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
7647 	{
7648 	case 0:
7649 	  if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
7650 	    {
7651 	      e.pattern = c_sym;
7652 	      expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
7653 		  htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
7654 	      while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
7655 		if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
7656 		  goto out_ret;
7657 		else
7658 		  expr = expr->next;
7659 	    }
7660 	  /* Fallthrough */
7661 	case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
7662 	  if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
7663 	    {
7664 	      e.pattern = cxx_sym;
7665 	      expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
7666 		  htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
7667 	      while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
7668 		if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
7669 		  goto out_ret;
7670 		else
7671 		  expr = expr->next;
7672 	    }
7673 	  /* Fallthrough */
7674 	case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
7675 	  if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
7676 	    {
7677 	      e.pattern = java_sym;
7678 	      expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
7679 		  htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
7680 	      while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
7681 		if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
7682 		  goto out_ret;
7683 		else
7684 		  expr = expr->next;
7685 	    }
7686 	  /* Fallthrough */
7687 	default:
7688 	  break;
7689 	}
7690     }
7691 
7692   /* Finally, try the wildcards.  */
7693   if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
7694     expr = head->remaining;
7695   else
7696     expr = prev->next;
7697   for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
7698     {
7699       const char *s;
7700 
7701       if (!expr->pattern)
7702 	continue;
7703 
7704       if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
7705 	break;
7706 
7707       if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
7708 	s = java_sym;
7709       else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
7710 	s = cxx_sym;
7711       else
7712 	s = c_sym;
7713       if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
7714 	break;
7715     }
7716 
7717  out_ret:
7718   if (c_sym != sym)
7719     free ((char *) c_sym);
7720   if (cxx_sym != sym)
7721     free ((char *) cxx_sym);
7722   if (java_sym != sym)
7723     free ((char *) java_sym);
7724   return expr;
7725 }
7726 
7727 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
7728    return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed.  */
7729 
7730 static const char *
7731 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
7732 {
7733   const char *p;
7734   bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
7735   char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
7736 
7737   for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
7738     {
7739       /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
7740 	 backslash.  */
7741       if (backslash)
7742 	{
7743 	  /* Remove the preceding backslash.  */
7744 	  *(s - 1) = *p;
7745 	  backslash = FALSE;
7746 	  changed = TRUE;
7747 	}
7748       else
7749 	{
7750 	  if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
7751 	    {
7752 	      free (symbol);
7753 	      return NULL;
7754 	    }
7755 
7756 	  *s++ = *p;
7757 	  backslash = *p == '\\';
7758 	}
7759     }
7760 
7761   if (changed)
7762     {
7763       *s = '\0';
7764       return symbol;
7765     }
7766   else
7767     {
7768       free (symbol);
7769       return pattern;
7770     }
7771 }
7772 
7773 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression.  NEW_NAME is
7774    the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
7775    pattern to be matched against symbol names.  */
7776 
7777 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
7778 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
7779 		       const char *new_name,
7780 		       const char *lang,
7781 		       bfd_boolean literal_p)
7782 {
7783   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
7784 
7785   ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
7786   ret->next = orig;
7787   ret->symver = 0;
7788   ret->script = 0;
7789   ret->literal = TRUE;
7790   ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
7791   if (ret->pattern == NULL)
7792     {
7793       ret->pattern = new_name;
7794       ret->literal = FALSE;
7795     }
7796 
7797   if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
7798     ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
7799   else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
7800     ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
7801   else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
7802     ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
7803   else
7804     {
7805       einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
7806 	     lang);
7807       ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
7808     }
7809 
7810   return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
7811 }
7812 
7813 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
7814    expressions.  */
7815 
7816 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
7817 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
7818 		    struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
7819 {
7820   struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
7821 
7822   ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
7823   ret->globals.list = globals;
7824   ret->locals.list = locals;
7825   ret->match = lang_vers_match;
7826   ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
7827   return ret;
7828 }
7829 
7830 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices.  */
7831 
7832 static int version_index;
7833 
7834 static hashval_t
7835 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
7836 {
7837   const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
7838       (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
7839 
7840   return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
7841 }
7842 
7843 static int
7844 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7845 {
7846   const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
7847       (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
7848   const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
7849       (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
7850 
7851   return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
7852 }
7853 
7854 static void
7855 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
7856 {
7857   size_t count = 0;
7858   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
7859   struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
7860 
7861   for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
7862     {
7863       if (e->literal)
7864 	count++;
7865       head->mask |= e->mask;
7866     }
7867 
7868   if (count)
7869     {
7870       head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
7871 				version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
7872       list_loc = &head->list;
7873       remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
7874       for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
7875 	{
7876 	  next = e->next;
7877 	  if (!e->literal)
7878 	    {
7879 	      *remaining_loc = e;
7880 	      remaining_loc = &e->next;
7881 	    }
7882 	  else
7883 	    {
7884 	      void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
7885 
7886 	      if (*loc)
7887 		{
7888 		  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
7889 
7890 		  e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
7891 		  last = NULL;
7892 		  do
7893 		    {
7894 		      if (e1->mask == e->mask)
7895 			{
7896 			  last = NULL;
7897 			  break;
7898 			}
7899 		      last = e1;
7900 		      e1 = e1->next;
7901 		    }
7902 		  while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
7903 
7904 		  if (last == NULL)
7905 		    {
7906 		      /* This is a duplicate.  */
7907 		      /* FIXME: Memory leak.  Sometimes pattern is not
7908 			 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory.  */
7909 		      /* free (e->pattern); */
7910 		      free (e);
7911 		    }
7912 		  else
7913 		    {
7914 		      e->next = last->next;
7915 		      last->next = e;
7916 		    }
7917 		}
7918 	      else
7919 		{
7920 		  *loc = e;
7921 		  *list_loc = e;
7922 		  list_loc = &e->next;
7923 		}
7924 	    }
7925 	}
7926       *remaining_loc = NULL;
7927       *list_loc = head->remaining;
7928     }
7929   else
7930     head->remaining = head->list;
7931 }
7932 
7933 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
7934    version.  */
7935 
7936 void
7937 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
7938 			 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
7939 			 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
7940 {
7941   struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
7942   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
7943 
7944   if (name == NULL)
7945     name = "";
7946 
7947   if (link_info.version_info != NULL
7948       && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
7949     {
7950       einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
7951 	       " with other version tags\n"));
7952       free (version);
7953       return;
7954     }
7955 
7956   /* Make sure this node has a unique name.  */
7957   for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
7958     if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
7959       einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
7960 
7961   lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
7962   lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
7963 
7964   /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
7965      aren't any duplicates.  */
7966 
7967   for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
7968     {
7969       for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
7970 	{
7971 	  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
7972 
7973 	  if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
7974 	    {
7975 	      e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
7976 		  htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
7977 	      while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
7978 		{
7979 		  if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
7980 		    einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
7981 			     " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
7982 		  e2 = e2->next;
7983 		}
7984 	    }
7985 	  else if (!e1->literal)
7986 	    for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
7987 	      if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
7988 		  && e1->mask == e2->mask)
7989 		einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
7990 			 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
7991 	}
7992     }
7993 
7994   for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
7995     {
7996       for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
7997 	{
7998 	  struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
7999 
8000 	  if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
8001 	    {
8002 	      e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8003 		  htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
8004 	      while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8005 		{
8006 		  if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8007 		    einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8008 			     " in version information\n"),
8009 			   e1->pattern);
8010 		  e2 = e2->next;
8011 		}
8012 	    }
8013 	  else if (!e1->literal)
8014 	    for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8015 	      if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8016 		  && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8017 		einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8018 			 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8019 	}
8020     }
8021 
8022   version->deps = deps;
8023   version->name = name;
8024   if (name[0] != '\0')
8025     {
8026       ++version_index;
8027       version->vernum = version_index;
8028     }
8029   else
8030     version->vernum = 0;
8031 
8032   for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8033     ;
8034   *pp = version;
8035 }
8036 
8037 /* This is called when we see a version dependency.  */
8038 
8039 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
8040 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
8041 {
8042   struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
8043   struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
8044 
8045   ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8046   ret->next = list;
8047 
8048   for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8049     {
8050       if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8051 	{
8052 	  ret->version_needed = t;
8053 	  return ret;
8054 	}
8055     }
8056 
8057   einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
8058 
8059   ret->version_needed = NULL;
8060   return ret;
8061 }
8062 
8063 static void
8064 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
8065 {
8066   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
8067 
8068   LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
8069     {
8070       asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
8071       char *contents, *p;
8072       bfd_size_type len;
8073 
8074       if (sec == NULL)
8075 	continue;
8076 
8077       len = sec->size;
8078       contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
8079       if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
8080 	einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
8081 
8082       p = contents;
8083       while (p < contents + len)
8084 	{
8085 	  greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
8086 	  p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
8087 	}
8088 
8089       /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex.  */
8090 
8091       /* Do not include this section in the link.  */
8092       sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
8093     }
8094 
8095   lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
8096   lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
8097 			   lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
8098 }
8099 
8100 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
8101 
8102 static void
8103 lang_do_memory_regions (void)
8104 {
8105   lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
8106 
8107   for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
8108     {
8109       if (r->origin_exp)
8110       {
8111         exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
8112         if (expld.result.valid_p)
8113           {
8114             r->origin = expld.result.value;
8115             r->current = r->origin;
8116           }
8117         else
8118           einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"), r->name_list.name);
8119       }
8120       if (r->length_exp)
8121       {
8122         exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
8123         if (expld.result.valid_p)
8124           r->length = expld.result.value;
8125         else
8126           einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"), r->name_list.name);
8127       }
8128     }
8129 }
8130 
8131 void
8132 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
8133 {
8134   struct unique_sections *ent;
8135 
8136   for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
8137     if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
8138       return;
8139 
8140   ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
8141   ent->name = xstrdup (name);
8142   ent->next = unique_section_list;
8143   unique_section_list = ent;
8144 }
8145 
8146 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one.  */
8147 
8148 void
8149 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
8150 {
8151   if (link_info.dynamic_list)
8152     {
8153       struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
8154       for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
8155 	;
8156       tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
8157       link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
8158     }
8159   else
8160     {
8161       struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
8162 
8163       d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
8164       d->head.list = dynamic;
8165       d->match = lang_vers_match;
8166       link_info.dynamic_list = d;
8167     }
8168 }
8169 
8170 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
8171    one.  */
8172 
8173 void
8174 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
8175 {
8176   const char * symbols [] =
8177     {
8178       "typeinfo name for*",
8179       "typeinfo for*"
8180     };
8181   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8182   unsigned int i;
8183 
8184   for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8185     dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8186 				     FALSE);
8187 
8188   lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8189 }
8190 
8191 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
8192    existing one.  */
8193 
8194 void
8195 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
8196 {
8197   const char * symbols [] =
8198     {
8199       "operator new*",
8200       "operator delete*"
8201     };
8202   struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8203   unsigned int i;
8204 
8205   for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8206     dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8207 				     FALSE);
8208 
8209   lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8210 }
8211 
8212 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features.  */
8213 
8214 void
8215 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
8216 {
8217   char *p, *q;
8218 
8219   p = str;
8220   while (*p)
8221     {
8222       char sep;
8223       while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
8224 	++p;
8225       if (!*p)
8226 	break;
8227       q = p + 1;
8228       while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
8229 	++q;
8230       sep = *q;
8231       *q = 0;
8232       if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
8233 	config.sane_expr = TRUE;
8234       else
8235 	einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
8236       *q = sep;
8237       p = q;
8238     }
8239 }
8240 
8241 /* Pretty print memory amount.  */
8242 
8243 static void
8244 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
8245 {
8246   if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
8247     printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
8248   else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
8249     printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
8250   else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
8251     printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
8252   else
8253     printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
8254 }
8255 
8256 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage.  */
8257 
8258 void
8259 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
8260 {
8261   lang_memory_region_type *r;
8262 
8263   printf ("Memory region         Used Size  Region Size  %%age Used\n");
8264   for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
8265     {
8266       bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
8267       double percent;
8268 
8269       printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
8270       lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
8271       lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
8272 
8273       percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
8274 
8275       printf ("    %6.2f%%\n", percent);
8276     }
8277 }
8278